Project 4 Third Edition Teacher's Book PDF

Unit overview
Holly and James are making a film about the day for
the school website.
Holly is presenting it.
James is filming it on his camcorder.
The headmaster is playing a computer game.
Grammar focus Present simple; present

continuous; stative verbs; future tenses
New vocabulary
Pronunciation
sentence stress
Fundraising; work experience
Phonetic alphabet: revision;
Skills Talking about current activities; talking

about future plans, talking about work experience
Optional Extra
For more practice of the present continuous form,
students can mime other fundraising activities for
other students to guess what the activity is.
Context Pupils talk about their habits and what

they are doing for the fundraising day. The kids
prepare for their work experience.
b Students read the text to answer questions. Invite

the students to give answers in full sentences to
practise the present simple form .
Section A
Answer key
SB pp.4-5
Holly usually has a piano lesson.

Mike usually goes into town w ith his friends.
An unusual day
Aim of the section
tenses.
To revise the use of present
Optional Extra
To practise first and third person present simple
forms, you can ask each student to say one thing
he/she normally does on Saturday, for example:
I usually go to the swimming pool. I usually
watch TV. Then ask students to say what the
other people said, for example: Tim usually goes
to the swimming pool. Anna usually watches TV.
Grammar Present simple, present continuous;

stative verbs. See WB Introduction unit p.2; WB
.Grammar summary 0.1-0.4; WB key TB p.91.
New vocabulary
Wordlist p.75.
Pronunciation
Fundraising activities. See WB

Phonetic alphabet: revision .
Skills Talking about current activities.

Context
A fundraising day at school.
Comprehension~ 1.2
Ask students to look at the pictures before reading

the texts. Ask students to describe the people in the
pictures and what they are doing. Ask if anyone can
explain the title 'fund raising day'.
Ask a student to read out the questions. Play audio
recording 1.2 for students to listen and read. Invite
students to answer the questions.
Answer key
1 Holly.
2 Because they are having a fundraising day.
3 For their twin school in Kenya .
a Students read the text again and identify what

each person is doing. You can ask them to label
the pictures with the names of the people. Invite
students to give you the answers in full sentences
to practise the present continuous form .
Answer key
Zach and Beth are washing cars.
Mike is drawing portraits for people.
12]
Grammar
a Students refer back to the written text to

complete the gaps. Ask a student to write the
complete sentences on the board .
Answer key
1 Holly doesn't normally 9..Q to school on Saturdays.
She usually has a piano lesson .
2 She isn't having a piano lesson today. She's going
to school with all her friends .
b Ask students to identify the tenses and write

them on the board. Ask students to explain when
each tense is used and write this on the board, too.
Students copy the information from the board into
their exercise books.
Answer key
1 Present simple. We use it for repeated habitual
actions.
2 Present continuous. We use it to talk about an
activity still in progress (started not yet finished).
c Direct students to the story on p.4. Ask them

to f ind one example of each tense being used as on
the board. Ask a student to read the examples out
loud to the class.
swer key
::::s:; ble answers:
- osent simple: What do you usually do on Saturday

- -nin gs? I usually go into town with my friends .
- esent continuous: I'm going to school. We're
-::. ng a fundraising day. We're raising money for
=-twi n school in Kenya. We're trying to help them.
:: _:Jils an d teachers are doing lots of different things.
-"-na nd Beth are washing cars. My friend James
::-o I are making a film about the day. I'm presenting
- :;nd James is filming it on his camcorder. He's
ng a go on a computer game . What are you
:: ng tod ay? I'm drawing portraits for people.
~1.3
b Play audio recording 1.3 for students to listen and

check their answers. Invite students to read out the
answers for a further check.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
-=
::students may suggest 'I love it' as an example of

-.-=.=,nr simple- if they do, it may be best to accept it
:.2y that this is NOT a habitual activity, and you
=xpla in more later in this lesson (stative verbs}.
Optional Extra
:: ::x out some present continuous examples in the
-:: and ask students why the present simple is not
_sed. For example: We're having a fundraising day
e're raising money ...
:Ju can further check their understanding of the
_se of the present continuous and present simple
:J saying some sentences and asking students
=-h ey are right or wrong, and asking them to
::meet the wrong sentences. For example:
-rJ teaching you English. Correct.
sometimes teach Maths. Correct.
'ou are usually listening to me. Wrong.
ou usually listen to me.)
.;rite on the board now. Wrong. (I am writing on
:-e board now.)
:::-udents find the sentences in the text. Ask students
:o identify the tense (present simple). Explain why
.e use the present simple: they are talking about
: mething which is true not only right now but was
rue before, now and in the future . Explain that
: ese kind of verbs are called 'stative verbs' because
: ey do not express an action or an activity, but
-ow things are. Ask students to make a list of these
__ative verbs in their notebooks.
a Students fill in the gaps on their own.
'm I am having
is cooking
is helping
teaches
think
want
Listening and speaking ~ 1.4

Before playing the recording, ask students to look
at the pictures and tell you what the activities are.
Play audio recording 1.4 for students to identify who
does what. Check their answers.
~1.4
HOLLY
NAOMI
HOLLY
NAOMI
HOLLY
NAOMI
HOLLY
This is Naomi. What do you usually do on

Saturday mornings, Naomi?
I usually go to dance class.
And what are you doing today?
We're putting on a show.
Really?
Yes, with dancing, singing and some
gymnastics. We're getting ready at the
moment.
OK. Good luck.
2
JAKE
Hello. My name's Jake . Well, on Saturday

mornings, I usually stay in bed, but today
I'm helping with the fundraising day. I'm
taking photographs of the day. I like taking
photographs. I want to be a photographer
when I'm older. We're going to send some of
them to our friends in Kenya.
3
LAURA
HOLLY
Optional Extra
::ach student says something that is always true
:ooout themselves using one of the stative verbs,
=or example: !love learning English.
7
8
9
10
11
12
6 a
Answer key
vant to be a TV presenter. We haven't got any
essons today. I think they're enjoying it. That looks
rilli ant. Do you like drawing? Yes, I love it. They
-eed some new Science equipment.
play
aren't playing
'reI are cooking
'reI are selling
'reI are enjoying
'm I am not doing
LAURA
Hello. My name's Laura, I'm doing face

painting for children today. It's great fun . I'm
really enjoying it. I'm painting a tiger's face on
this little boy.
That looks great. What do you normally do on
a Saturday, Laura?
I usually go cycling .
4
HOLLY
DAVID
HOLLY
DAVID
This is David and he's selling things. Well,

actually, he's eating something at the
moment. What are you selling, David?
Cakes and drinks. These cakes are delicious.
Do you want to buy one?
Oh, no thanks. What do you normally do on
Saturdays?
I have a tennis lesson.
Answer key
Name
Usual activity
Today
Naomi
go to dance
classes
stay in bed
putting on a
show
helping with
fundraising day,
taking photographs
doing face painting
for children
selling things,
eating
Jake
Laura
I go cycling
David
pairs to write two words.
Answer key
Revision idea
Demonstrate the dialogue with one student. Tell

each student they can be one of the students
from the unit or they can make up information
about another imaginary student working at the
fundraising day. Students first practise the interviews
in pairs, then walk round the class and ask and
answer with three different people. Students then
report back to the class about the people they
interviewed .
a Write the symbols on the board. You will use

these symbols on the board for the whole of activity
8. Ask students which ones they can remember.
Practise them by pointing to the symbol and asking
students to make the sound . In weaker classes,
model the sound first, then ask students to repeat
individually and chorally. Ask students to tell you
which symbols are for vowels. (You may need to
pre-teach 'vowel' and 'consonant' by giving students
the translation in their own language.)
Answer key
/u/, 13:/, /of, !'J!, IA! are vowels. The other symbols
are for consonants.
b Read the words out loud for students to listen

and write the symbols beside each word.
Answer key
fun
shoe
moment
usually
think
14]
d You can ask students to work individually or in
b Play the recording again for students to answer

the questions . Check the students' answers .
have a tennis
lesson
Pronunciation ~ 1.5
to the sounds. Point to each symbol on the board

as it is pronounced on the recording . Then play the
recording again for students to listen and repeat
each w ord.
Optional Extra
You can do the activity in 8d as a team game. You
point to the symbols at random and the teams try
to write five words with the sound. The first team
with five correct words for the symbol you point to
wins a point. The team with the most points wins.
1 The show has dancing, singing and some

gymnastics.
2 He wants to be a photographer.
3 She is painting a tiger's face on a little boy.
4 He is eating cakes.
c Play audio recording 1.5 for students to listen
!AI
!J!
/'J/
131
/8/
girl
match
wrong
look
this
13:1
!tJ!
!of
/u/
Ia!
Students work with a partner to choose any

suitable picture from Units 1 and 2 of the
Student's Book and, on a piece of paper, write
three sentences saying what the people in the
picture are doing. They also write three sentences
saying what they think the people usually do . They
exchange papers with another pair then try to
identify each other's pictures.
pp.6-7
Section B
Kids: Work experience
Aims of the section To introduce the characters

of the photostory 'Kids' . To revise the use of will
and going to for the future .
Grammar Future forms. See WB Introduction
p.3; WB Grammar summary 0.5; WB Key TB p.91 .
New vocabulary
Wordl ist p.75 .
Pronunciation
Work experience . See WB

Sentence stress.
Skills Talking about plans/intentions.

Context Kids are preparing for their work
experience .
~1.6
1 Ask the class to
look at the pictures without reading

the dialogues and tell you something about the
characters, w here they think they are and what
might be happening . Then play audio recording 1.6
for students to listen , read and label picture 2 with
names of the characters. To check answers, invite
students to describe each character and say where
they are in the picture.
Answer key
Left to right: Luke, Anna, Rosy, Greg .
he recording again for students to listen and
Answer key
::3d an d answer the questions. Check their answers.
1
2
3
4
5
swer key
::=g is going to work for a newspaper.

-=:sy is going to work in a restaurant.
- -"'la is going to work in a hotel.
Biggins is going to talk to the pupils.
--"'la and Rosy are going to work on their projects.
__ e is going to go to the sports centre.
.7
~
Ask for ideas about what might happen next in
--e story and write them on the board.

A.sk for suggestions about where Luke might do
- s w ork experience and write them on board. Play
=~ io recording 1. 7 for the students to listen and
: '11pare their ideas on the board to what it is in the
:~ording. Discuss the differences with the students.
Three.
Jobs in banks.
Luke spoke to the manager of the sports centre.
The others think he is lucky, they are envious .
He is looking forward to it, he thinks it is going
to be great.
Grammar
a Write plans and intentions, a definite future ,

general statements about the future and
immediate decisions on the board . Check students
understand what these terms mean. For each one,
ask the class whether going to or will is used. If
they all agree, write what they say beside the term .
If they don't agree, put a question mark.
Now ask students to complete the gapped sentences
from the text by checking the text, and then to
correct and complete the rules. Check answers and
correct and complete the information on the board.
1. 7
OK. Can we begin? Right now. We're
going to talk about work experience this
lesson. Most of you have found a job, but
three of you haven't. So, you three, see me
at the end of the lesson and I'll give you
your jobs. They're all in banks.
See. You're going to have a boring week in
a bank.
Please, Sir.
~ 31GGINS Yes, Luke.
It's OK. I've got a place.
= IGGINS Oh, good. I'll talk to you about it later.
Yes, Sir.
So, what are you going to do?
I'll tell you in the break.
:::. GGINS
So, what are you going to do for your

work experience, Luke?
Yes, come on. What's the big secret?
I'm going to work at the sports centre.
What? I don't believe you.
Yes, I spoke to the manager on Sunday
evening when I went to watch the
basketball match .
The sports centre? You lucky thing .
Yes, work experience is going to be
great. I'm going to spend the week at my
favourite place.
Answer key
_uke is going to work at the sports centre.
Answer key
going to
1 'm going to do
2 's going to rain
will
3 will be
4 'II ask
b Write the two examples It's going to rain.

and I'll ask him. on the board and invite students
to come to the board and write the question and
negative forms of each of them. Correct if necessary.
Students copy the examples into their notebooks.
They now work in groups to find examples of
negatives and questions with will and going to
from the text.
Answer key
going to negative: no examples in text
going to questions: What are you going to do for
your work experience7 What's Luke going to do?
Is anybody going to watch it?
will negative: No, it won't. You won't like that.
will questions: no examples in text
Optional Extra
For stronger groups. Students change the dialogue
in the book to include a negative form of going to
and a question using will, for example: Anna's not
going to work in a restaurant, but she's going to
work in a hotel and What about you, Greg? Will
you come with me?
c Play the recording again for the students to listen

and answer the questions. Check the students'
answers.
15
~1.8
5 a Students work on
4
EMMA I'm going to do my work experience in a spa
centre. I think it will be really interesting an d

meet lots of new people.
their own to complete the gaps

with the correct form of the verbs.

check their answers.
EDDIE
Answer key
2 'm going to revise
3 'II meet
4 's going to snow
5 'II ring
6 'm going to have; will be
c Students work in pairs to practise the dialogues.

Ask the pairs to read out the answers to check. Point
out how the short form is almost always used when
speaking.
Optional Extra
This activity will reinforce the concepts of when to
use will and going to. Divide the class into groups
of three or four to play this game. Each group has
to write four sentences for each topic you give
them, using going to and will- one sentence has
to be a plan or an intention, one a definite future,
one a general statement about the future and one
an immediate decision. For example, for the topic
'football' you might have: I'm going to the match
tonight. It's going to start at 7 p.m. I think our
team will win. Will you come with me?
CATHY I'm going to do my work experience in a
hospital. I think it will be cool- like a hospital

drama on TV.
/
Answer key
2 in a clothes shop
3 at a radio station
4 in a sports centre
5 in a bank
\. 6 in a hospital
b Play the recording again for students to listen ar

complete the table. Check their answers.
Answer key
2 all right I miss friends
3 great fun
4 interesting I meet new people
5 boring I maybe will like it
\. 6 cool I like a hospital drama on TV
Give them two minutes to write sentences for each

topic, then check their answers. Groups get one
point for each correct sentence and the team with
the most points wins.
a Ask students for ideas of where they would like

to do work experience and why. Write some useful
vocabulary from the discussion on the board. Explain
they are going to listen to some people talking about
their work experience and that they must listen and
fill only the second column of the chart (where they
are going to work). Play audio recording 1.9 for
students to listen and write the answers. Check their
answers.
I'm going to work in a factory. I think I'll enjoy it.

I'm sure I'll learn lots of new things.
2
KELLY
I'm going to be a shop assistant in a clothes

shop. It'll be all right, because I like clothes, but I
think I'll miss my friends.
3
FRANK I'm going to work in a radio station. I think it will
be great fun.
16
Students work in groups, taking on the roles of Rosy,

Greg, Luke and Anna to act out the dialogues on
page 6.
Optional Extra
Students work in groups of four to write their own
scripts from the story and act it out for the class.
The class can vote for the best one .
~1.9
JACK
Students work on their own to write sentences

about the people in exercise 6b .
Optional Extra
For stronger students. To help students improve
their writing, take the pairs of sentences the
students write and discuss joining them together
using different conjunctions, e.g. and, because, so,
therefore, although, but for example: Jack's going
to work in a factory and he thinks he will enjoy it
because he'll/earn new things.
Listening and writing ~ 1.9
I'm going to work in a bank. I think it will

probably be boring, but maybe I'll like it. We 'l!
see.
Pronunciation~ 1.10
a Ask students to read the sentences normally.

Then play audio recording 1.10 for students to listen.
Play it again for students to listen, and ask them
to clap their hands to keep the rhythm. Then play
the recording again, and ask students to listen and
repeat what they hear.
- :Jiay the recording again for students to listen and

- c' th e stress . Check the students' answers.
swer key
Th ey're gQing to take the bus.
' m gQing to clean the car.
_ She's gQing to Q.QY for the tickets.
- ...Je's gQing to watch the match.
Op tional Extra
thi s poem (called The most horrible teacher
- -;ne world) out loud to the class, keeping the
-; -hm, and conducting it with your hands.
""" gQing I to be I a teacher I I
...., going I to have I a lliill I I
...., gQing I to teach I some kids I and then I
...., g.Qing I to eat I them illl I I
::=
.: 'lg five students to front of the class. One is

-=conductor and the others are the choir. The
:: ductor conducts while the choir say the poem .
.:: ::> t first with all students together and then as
.=. ou nd, where one student starts, the second
_;:gins when the first goes on to the second line,
.=. d so on. Repeat with different groups
_:stu dents.
Revision idea
=~Jd ents in turn tell the class one thing they are
;;::>mg to do next weekend (e.g. I'm going to the
:.each) for the other students to make suggestions
:::.g. I'll come too. I'll bring a bam. Students get
- . . . e point for each correct suggestion. The student
h the most points wins.
17
1
Unit overview
Grammar focus
Answer key
Past simple; past continuous;
used to; too I enough; had to; could.

New vocabulary
Materials; describing clothes.
Pronunciation /g/ and /d3f; vowels: same

spelling, different sound; intonation (responding
to news).
Skills Reading an article; listening to a talk;

asking questions about past habits; shopping
for clothes; reading about history; responding to
news; writing about an event in history.
Topic/ Context Archeological discoveries;
sharing an office; the history of jeans, materials and
England; shopping; preparing for a school test.
Culture
The story of England . SB p.16.
English across the curriculum

materials . SB p.17.
History:
The Culture page should be studied at the end of the

unit.'
SB pp.B-9
Section A
The Iceman
Aims of the section To revise and contrast

the past simple and past continuous; to practise
reading and listening comprehension.
Grammar Past simple and past continuous forms
and usage. See WB Unit 1 pp.4-5; WB Grammar
summary 1.1-1.3; WB KeyTB p.91.
New vocabulary Materials; compound nouns,
(objects made of materials). See WB Wordlist p.75.
Pronunciation
b Show how two nouns can be put together to

form compounds . Read the examples, and point
out the structure made of. Ask students to think of
similar compounds and write them on the board.
c In pairs, students think of something for each

material and write out a list. Set a time limit (say
five minutes). Find out which pair has the most
compounds when the time is up. Go through their
suggestions.
Answer key
Possible answers: plastic cups, cotton shirt, stone
wall, woollen jumper, copper wire, wooden spoon,
silver ring, paper cup, iron bridge, silk scarf, leather
boots, steel pipe, glass table, polyester T-shirt, gold
ring, rubber ball.
Comprehension ~ 1.11
2 a
Tell students to look at the pictures and guess the

answer to the two questions. Write some of their
ideas on the board.
b Play audio recording 1.11 for students to listen

to while they read the text and check their answers.
You may wish to discuss any guesses that were
wrong- why did they think this?
Answer key
He was a Stone Age man who lived 5,300 years ago.
He probably died taking his sheep to the mountains.
/g/ and /d3f.
Skills
Reading an article about a discovery,

listening to a talk.
Context A man from the Stone Age was

discovered frozen in the ice in the Alps.
Vocabulary
1 a Focus the students' attention on the list of words .
How many of them do students recognize? Which
ones are they? Tell students to use their dictionaries
to find the meanings of the other words and to write
them out in three lists: those which are metals, those
which come from plants, and those from animals.
Walk round the class as they w rite, checking spelling .
Go through the answers, and ask Which materials
can we use to make clothes from?
- 18]
metals: copper, silver, steel, gold, iron

plants : paper, cotton, rubber, wood
animals: wool, silk, leather
clothes: plastic, silk, cotton, leather, wool, rubber,
polyester
c Students work on their own to read the text and

label the picture. Check their answers.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
arrow s
cloak
leather boots
w ooden tools
5 copper axe
6 knife
7 bow
Optional Extra
Ask students to shut their books and list what
facts they can remember about btzi. Allow time
for students to compare their lists with a partner.
Discuss their answers; make sure students list facts
from the text, not possibilities.
Answer key
Answer key
:>o ssible answers:

- ewasfound in 1991.
-~e body was over 5,300 years old.
- e lived in the Stone Age.
- e ca me from Italy.
- e lived between 3350 and 3100 sc.
- e w as about 46 years old.
=: entists found pieces of corn in his clothes.
- e w as carrying a copper axe, a bow and arrows,
:: nife and some wooden tools.
- e w as wearing warm, waterproof clothes and
2ath er boots.
continuous
simple
Language note
Students typically have two problems with the usage
of these two tenses. They have to understand that the
action which is interrupted (i. e. which started first)
has to be past continuous tense, and the action which
interrupts (i. e. started while the other action was still
going on) has to be past simple tense. The conjunction
WHEN can go with either part of the sentence, so
THEY WERE WALKING ALONG A PATH, WHEN THEY
SAW SOMETHING IN THE ICE.
-1ural background note

.vas found on the border between Italy and
::ria, just 300 metres inside Italy. He was taken to a
_:;ratory in Innsbruck in Austria, where he was kept
::X years. In 1999, he was returned to Italy and can
be seen in the museum of archaeology in the town
~:1/zano.
=Stone Age is the earliest period of human history

~started about two million years ago. The Stone
:_::people were hunter-gatherers rather than
rs and used stone for their tools, not metals.
::Stone Age was followed by the Bronze and Iron
_-::s. Traditionally, the Stone Age is divided into three
_ .ods- old, middle and new; in the new Stone Age
- _ eolithic' period}, which started around 9000
:: :n the Middle East (but much later in Europe},
_pie began to live in settled communities based on
::rr.culture and developed sophisticated tools.
am mar
a Tell students to complete the sentences. They
::on't have to be exactly the same as the article
::.>ut they should make sense . Go through their
suggestions, commenting on their suitability, and
::>oi nting out that the missing words must be verbs
eferring to the past. Tell students to compare their
answers with the text.
Answer key
were walking, saw
2 stopped, looked
b Read the sentences to students. They will
::.>robab ly find it difficult to say which tense is which.
-ielp them by asking Which sentence describes
an unfinished action? (The first.) Explain that the
..1nfinished action, or action in progress, provides the
oa ckground situation to another action. Ask what
:he situation was. (The tourists were walking in the
A.l ps.) Ask what happened. (They saw something in
he ice .) Students complete the diagram. Copy it on
i:he board for them to check.
and WHEN THEY WERE
WALKING ALONG A PATH, THEY SAW SOMETHING IN
are both correct grammatically. Also students

may be unsure of the difference between interrupted
actions (sentence 1) and actions which follow each
other (sentence 2).
THE ICE .
a Students underline the verbs in the text or write

them in their exercise books. Check with a few
students.
Answer key
Past simple affirmative statements: They saw
something in the ice. They stopped and looked. It
was part of a body. They thought it was a climber.
They were wrong. This body was over 5,300 years
old . Archaeologists ... wanted to study the Iceman.
Otzi, ... lived between 3350 sc and 3100 sc. He
came from northern Italy and he was about fortysix years old. He was a farmer because scientists
found pieces of corn ... Stone Age people were very
sophisticated.
Past simple negative statement: People didn't live
very long then. Archaeologists thought that copper
didn't arrive in Europe until 2000 sc.
Past simple questions: Who was he? How did he
die? Did he fall or did someone murder him?
Past continuous affirmative statements: They were
wa lking along a path ... They were looking at a
man from the Stone Age. He was probably taking
his sheep and goats into the mountains. He was
carrying a copper axe. He was also carrying a bow
and arrows. He was wearing warm clothes.
Past continuous negative statement: They weren't
looking at the body of a modern climber.
Past continuous question: What was he doing in
the mountains?
b Discuss briefly the form of the two tenses,

drawing attention to the use of the past forms of the
auxiliary verbs do and be (did for negative sentences
and questions in the past simple; was/were for all
forms in the past continuous).
Answer key
affirmative
negative
questions
past simple
past form of verb
did+ not+ base form
past continuous
was/were + -ing
was/were + not+ -ing
(question word +)
did+ base form
(question word +)
was/were + subject + -ing
\_
c Students find examples of the past simple. Write

them on the board. Get a student to tell you how he
or she recognized the regular verbs. (Because they
end in -d or -ed.)
Answer key
1 was, were
2 Possible verbs: stopped, looked, wanted,
called, lived, died
3 thought, came
Optional Extra
For practice of the past continuous, students write
a sentence about what was happening in the
classroom when you arrived to start the lesson .
Ask some students to read out their sentences.
How many different versions do you get?
Pronunciation~ 1.12
5 a The object of this section is to differentiate
between the hard and soft 'g' sounds. Ask students
to close their books. Write the phonetic symbols
/g/ and /dy on the board and ask if anyone can
remember how to pronounce them. If necessary,
demonstrate. Ask for examples of words w ith each
sound, for example /g/ good, great, go and /dy
cage, magic, jump. Students now open their books
and put the words in the list into the table.
Answer key
/dy
German
age
archaeologist
Egyptian
gym
change
/g/
goat
get
again
gold
gas
begin
b Play audio recording 1.12 for the students to

listen and check . Play the recording again for the
students to listen and repeat, monitoring their
pronunciation and correcting if required.
c You can ask students to wo rk individually or with
a partner to write two words. Alternatively, you
can do the activity as a team game. You point to
the symbols at random and the teams try to write
five words with the sound. (They cannot include
any words from the table.) The first team with five
correct words for the symbol you point to wins a
point. The team with the most points wins.
201
Grammar
Students work individually or with a partner to write

three sentences. They check their sentences for
mistakes w ith their partner. Ask a few students to
read out their sentences and the rest of the class to
check and correct them if necessary.
Optional Extra
Rather than just asking students to write sentences
and correcting them, you may want to try the
following. Write the example sentence on the
board. Point out the use of past continuous and
past simple. Place students in a circle. Tell students
to take a blank piece of paper and write another
similar true sentence about the tourists at the
top of the page. Now ask students to pass the
paper to the student on their left, who corrects
the sentence written by the previous student
and writes a sentence about Otzi. The students
pass the papers on again for correction of the
last sentence and a new sentence about the
archaeologists. The papers are passed around
the class like this until everyone has written three
sentences about each. Stick the papers on the wall
of the classroom so that you and the students can
inspect them and make any necessary corrections.
This activity helps develop the capability for selfcorrection in the students.
~1.13
7 a Students quickly look at the
interview. Explain
that students must decide whether to use the verbs
in the past simple or the past continuous. Do one or
two w ith the whole class first (e.g. How did 6tzi
die?) to demonstrate the activity. Students continue
in pairs. Fast finishers can practise reading the
dialogue together.
b Play audio recording 1.13 for students to check

their answers. Write the correct forms of the verbs
on the board. Point out that while is used to
indicate an action in progress.
swer key
-
=
-
did ... die

J id ... have
didn 't fall
did n't know
-rayed
saw
=
:as
- did ... kill
- '1ap pened
=
-
Revision idea
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
attacked
escaped
was running away
shot
ran
lay down
was lying
started
froze
Write these sentences on different pieces of paper

as role cards:
When I was sitting down my friend pulled the

chair away.
I sat on the chair and opened a book.
I was sleeping when my partner dropped the
book on the floor and I woke up.
When the teacher was teaching grammar I fell
asleep.
The teacher saw me when I was sending text
messages in class.
I sent my friend a text message. The teacher
saw me and took my phone.
.vas taking
p tional Extra
=:stronger classes . Remind students that the
;:naeologist in exercise 7 describes what possibly
::.::Jpened. No one knows for sure what btzi was
:J 11g when he died. Ask students to work in
::. rs and think of a different theory. Get them to
::ad out their ideas. Decide, as a class, which are
-e most likely, the most incredible, and the most
:::"""lusing. If necessary, give one or two ideas to
;::: students started e.g. Otzi was looking for
Bring a pair of students to the front of the class

and give them one of the cards.
The pair act out the sentence for the class. The
class try to guess the sentence on the card . If
they guessed it correctly, write it on the board
(or ask them to write it) and check that students
understand the two tenses and can correct any
mistakes. Continue for the other sentences.
- mething.
ning
(t 1.14
-. e students to
read each question

::: d ask if anyone knows the answer.
- gg estions on the board . Play audio
= r students to listen and answer the
::: ec k their answers.
Section B
out loud,
Write their
recording 1.14
questions.
SB pp.10-11
We used to be rivals
Aims of the section
of used to.
Grammar
To teach the form and use
Used to. See WB Unit 1 pp.6-7; WB
Grammar summary 1.4; WB Key TB p.91
New vocabulary
_ .vas from the Stone Age. It's called the Stone Age,
: urse, because people used stone to make tools
: . ea pons. They also used wood and animal bones.
. :: rst, people just picked these things up when they
_~d t hem . In fact, some animals do the same thing.
- ...,panzees, for example, use sticks to get insects out
-oles.
_ aeologists usually divide the Stone Age into the Old
-"e Age and the New Stone Age. In the Old Stone Age
:::Jie didn't live in one place all the time. They followed
als and hunted them. Then, around 4000 BC people
-"e M iddle East discovered farming . They grew their
corn in fields, and they kept their own animals- .'S, sheep and goats. Now they didn't need to follow
::animals, so they started to build villages and towns.
Answer key
Old Stone Age people did not live in one place

all the time .
2 around 4000 sc in the Middle East
3 from the New Stone Age- around 3000 sc (the
Old Stone Age lasted to 4000 sc)
w ood and animal bones
5 grew corn, kept animals, started to build towns
and villages
Everyday things. See WB
Wordlist p.75 .
Pronunciation
Vowels : same spelling, different
sound.
Skills
Asking questions about past habits.
Context Sweet Sue and Smart Alec talk about

sharing an office.
Comprehension
(t 1.15
This section reintroduces the characters Sweet Sue

and Smart Alec from the previous level. Before
students read the picture story, ask them to look at
the pictures and ask if they can remember who the
characters are and what they do (they are (private)
detectives). If they don't remember or have not used
Project before, they can try to guess. Ask students to
describe the pictures. Play audio recording 1.15 for
students to read and listen to the story, then answer
the questions.
21
c Ask students to complete the question without

looking at the text, and then to check the text to see
if they were right.
Answer key
1 Jack Snoop, a TV reporter.
2 Yes, they do.
3 No, they don't.
4 He says he's a builder- he can build a wall/make
two offices.
,-Answer key
1 Did you use to
Did+ subject + use to + base form
Optional Extra
Students act out the dialogue in groups of three.
With stronger groups, you might want to develop
vocabulary by discussing the feelings of Sue and
Alec, and how they show them in their actions and
the way they speak.
Optional Extra
Play a game to practise the question form.
Students stand in a circle. One student begins by
asking the person on their left if they used to do
something, e.g . Did you use to have a teddy
bear? The student gives a true answer: Yes, I used
to have a teddy bear. or No, I didn't use to
have a teddy bear. then asks the next person on
his/her left the same question AND another one:
Did you use to have a teddy bear? and Did you
use to go to nursery school? The next student
answers then asks the first two questions and
another one and so on round the class.
Students read the text again to answer the

questions. Check their answers.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Jack Snoop
Sweet Sue and Smart Alec
Sweet Sue
Smart Alec
Smart Alec
Sweet Sue
Smart Alec
Sweet Sue
Jack Snoop
Sweet Sue and Smart Alec
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
7
Grammar
a Ask students to complete the sentences without

looking at the text, and then to check the text to
see if they were right. Explain that used to is used
for things we did in the past but don't do any more
now. Ask students what form of the verb follows the
used to (base form). Point out that we do not use
-sin the third person. You could ask students to find
other examples in the text.
Answer key
1 used to be
2 used to play
b Write the sentence Sue used to put things

away. on the board. Ask students to find the
negative form of the sentence in the story. Cross out
used to and write didn't use to above it. Explain
that the form is exactly the same as for all verbs.
To check comprehension, ask students to change
the affirmative examples of used to in the text to
negative statements, for example: They didn't use
to be rivals. Elicit the fact that there is no -d in use
in the negative.
Answer key
Sue didn't use to put things away.
did + not + use to + base form
221
Students write the sentences, referring to the text if

they have to. Check their answers.
She
She
She
She
Her
She
didn't use to share an office with Smart Alec.

didn't use to wear thick woollen jumpers.
used to leave things on the floor.
used to work in a quiet office.
office used to have yellow walls .
didn't use to put things away.
Writing and speaking
a Students look at the pictures, note the

differences, and write the sentences individually.
Alternatively, students could work with a partner.
Each student covers up a different picture and each
one describes the picture he/she sees to the other
to find the differences before writing the sentences
together. Check their answers.
Answer key
Possible answers:
He used to wear glasses. He used to have longer
hair. He used to wear a beard (a goatee). He used
to wear casual clothes. He used to drive a blue car.
He used to play the guitar (in a band). He used to
live in Sydney I in Australia I in a flat with a view of
the Sydney Opera House and the Sydney Harbour
Bridge. He used to go surfing. He used to listen to
pop music. He used to have a girlfriend with brown
hair.
b Students work with a partner to role play the

interview between Smart Alex and an interviewer.
Monitor conversations, checking correct use of
grammar.
:: Stu dents work on their own to write the

en ces. Monitor their writing and correct where
-:xded.
:.:=~
swer key
~
ssible answers:
~sed to play (with my baby brother).
~sed to watch (children's TV).
:; dn't use to like (coffee).
:: dn't use to go (to school) .
u dn't use to have (a little sister).
~sed to eat (cornflakes for breakfast)
sed to drink (a lot of milk).
:J dn't use to do (homework).
Students work with a partner to ask and answer

:Jesti ons. Each student can use their own sentences
- make questions, then compare their partner's
::""'svvers with their statements.
Optional Extra
.:::Jdents walk round the class asking other students
.: hey used to do the things they wrote about, e.g.
:Jid you use to play all day? Did you use to get
JP early? Each student then reports back to the
:ass about how many students used to and didn't
~se to do the things they wrote about.
nunciation ~ 1.16
a Ask students to read the words out loud and
- eck they are making the right sounds. Then ask
: em to read the symbols, and check they know
:1em . They then match the symbols to the sounds.
Answer key
r:J!
3:/
1:
e
er/
e:?J/
hear
heard
jeans
leather
break
wear

an d check their answers. Play the recording again
=or students to listen and repeat, monitoring their
8ronunciation and correcting if required.
c You can ask students to work individually or
.vith a partner to write a word. Alternatively, you
ca n do the activity as a team game. You point to
he symbols at random and the teams try to write
"ive words with the sound. The first team with five
correct words for the symbol you point to wins a
noint. The team with the most points wins.
Revision idea
Go round the class asking students to think of
three things they did in the past and don't do now,
and make a used to sentence, for example I used
to go to a different school. You may want to
give them a model from your own experience to
get them started.
Section C
SB pp. 12-13
Clothes
Aims of the section To understand and practise
language used for shopping.
Grammar Too I enough. See WB Unit 1 pp.8-9;
WB Grammar summary 1.5; WB Key TB p.91.
New vocabulary Clothes; adjectives describing
clothes; immigrant, wholesaler, rivet, patent,
business partner. See SB Wordlist p.75 .
Skills
Shopping for clothes .
Context
The kids go shopping .
Vocabulary~ 1.17
1 a Students work in groups to make a list of items
of clothing they know. Set a time limit, for example,
three minutes. Check the answers. The group with
the most words wins. Ask students to say what kind
of clothes are used in the plural form. (Those with
legs or things you need two of, e.g. socks.) Point
out that trousers, shorts, etc. have two legs and
therefore we use pair of with the quantity before
them e.g. two pairs of trousers.
Optional Extra
To practise the plural forms with numbers, and if
you don't think students will be embarrassed, get
students to ask each other questions with How
many pairs of ... have you got?
b Play audio recording 1.17 for students to listen,
read and repeat.
Optional Extra
Divide class into teams of three or four. For each
word in the list, the teams have to find an item
that someone in the room or in their books is
wearing. The first team to finish wins.
c Invite a student to the board . Ask the rest of

the class to shout out other adjectives to describe
clothing for the student to write them on the board.
They can look at what people are wearing for ideas.
Check students' spelling.
d A student describes what someone else in the

book or in the class is wearing but doesn't give his/
her name (e.g. She's wearing a black jumper and
pl
red trousers.) The student who guesses the person

being described continues with another description.
Reading
Tell students to cover the text, and invite students to

read the questions aloud. Explain that when you say
'go', they can uncover the text and try to find the
answers as quickly as possible. As soon as they have
the answer, they must raise their hands. The first
student to get the correct answers is the winner.
dialogue aloud and invite suggestions for each gap .

Play audio recording 1 .19 for students to listen and
complete the dialogue.
Answer key
1 trousers
2 baggy
8 too
3 expensive
4 try
5 can
6 changing
big
9 SIZe
10
11
fit
take
Answer key
b Divide class into groups of three to act out the
dialogue. Monitor for pronunciation.
jeans
Jacob Davis
Davis produced them first (but Levi Strauss later
built a factory to make them).
To introduce the new vocabulary, invite students

to find these words in the text and try to work out
from the context and explain what they mean :
immigrant, wholesaler, rivet, patent, business

partner. If students have difficulty in doing this,
help them by pointing out clues in the text e.g.
German immigrant, or wholesaler ('he imported

things and sold them to small shops'). Try to elicit
the meaning from the students themselves. Then
students read the text again more slowly and
write sentences about why each thing on the list is
important.
~1.20
5 a Play audio
recording 1.20 (more than once if

necessary) pausing after each dialogue and asking
students the questions . Write the problems on the
board, underlining the expressions too dark, aren't
high enough, etc.
~1.20
GIRL
BOY
GIRL
Answer key
People travelled to the west coast of America
looking for gold.
Davis made clothes for gold miners.
Davis used denim for the clothes because it was
strong .
Davis couldn't afford a patent so he asked Strauss
to be his partner.
Davis used rivets to make the trousers stronger.
$68 was the cost of the patent.
Pop stars wore jeans and made them fashionable .
Designers now use denim for many different kinds
of clothes.
Optional Extra
Write the eight words/phrases from exercise 3 on
the board, in a vertical column, as prompts. Ask
students to close their books and invite students
in turn to make a presentation on jeans using the
words on the board as prompts. Try to suggest
improvements after each presentation for the next
student to use (grammar corrections, better linking
of ideas).
BOY
ASSISTANT
BOY
Later.
ASSISTANT
BOY
ASSISTANT
BOY
2
BOY
GIRL
BOY
GIRL
BOY
GIRL
ASSISTANT
GIRL
ASSISTANT
GIRL
listening and speaking ~ 1.19
ASSISTANT
4 a
GIRL
Begin by asking students about clothes they have

bought recently: Where did you buy them? Did you
try them on first? Ask them to read the dialogue
quickly without filling in the words . Then read the
241
BOY
GIRL
What do you think of this shirt?

It's too dark; I want something lighter.
And I want a long-sleeved shirt. They're
all short-sleeved.
What about this one?
Yes, that looks OK. I'll go and try it on.
... Excuse me. Where are the changing
rooms, please?
They're over there next to the trousers.
Thankyou.
How is it?
It's no good. It's too big. Have you got it
in a smaller size?
No, I' m sorry. We haven't.
Oh, OK, I'll leave it, then . Thanks.
These shoes are nice.
No, they're too flat. I want them highheeled.
What about these? They look high
enough .
Hmmm . They're nice.
Are you going to try them on?
Yes ... . Excuse me. Have you got these
shoes in a size 4, please?
Just a moment. Here you are.
Thank you .
How are they?
No, they don't fit. They're too loose.
Can I try a size 3Y2?
Certainly. Here you are.
Thank you .
Do they fit OK?
Yes, these are fine. I'll take them.
their dialogues first Walk round the class giving

help where needed.
Answer key
J ;al ogue 1
shirt
..., it's too dark, it's short-sleeved
3 it's too big
- no
J 1alogue 2
shoes
2 the heels are too flat, they're not high enough
3 they're too loose
- yes
b Ask two or three of the groups to act out their

dialogue in front of the class . Ask the rest of the
class to identify the most helpful shop assistant and
the most difficult customer.
Revision idea
Students work with a partner. One student
describes something they want to sell to their
partner. Their partner doesn't want to buy it and
says why, e.g. It's too old, it isn't big enough,
etc. Change roles and repeat with different items
e. g. a car, a computer, a dog, a mobile phone, a
bicycle.
a Tell students to complete the table. Check what

:11ey write, getting them to repeat the words. Pay
attention to the pronunciation of loose /lu:s/ and
tight /tart/.
Answer key
Section D
ch eap
ight
on g
11eavy/dark
Kids: The test

Aims of the section To discuss school tests, to
practise responding to news.
Grammar Past modals. See WB Unit 1 pp.1 0-11;
WB Grammar summary 1.6-1 .7; WB Key TB p.92 .
..anguage note
=-int out if necessary that LIGHT can be the opposite of
:::J h HEAVY {'heavy material'} or DARK {'dark colour')
_:epending on context.
b Read the examples in the book together. Make

sure students understand that the meaning of
t he two statements is the same. Write another
sentence on the board, e.g. This jumper's too
dark. Ask students to say the same thing using the
adjective meaning the opposite, to elicit It's not
light enough. In the second sentence the item of
clothing should be replaced by it or they (to practise
identifying the singular or plural forms). Students
continue the activity with a partner, using the
statements from exercise 6a. They then change roles .
New vocabulary Tests and exams; responding

to positive and negative news. See WB Wordlist
p.75.
Pronunciation
a If necessary, play audio recording 1.20 again to

refresh students' memories, stopping occasionally to
focus on useful vocabulary and expressions. Write
these on the board, e.g. changing rooms; Have
you got them in a bigger size?; they don't fit,
etc. Draw attention to polite expressions like I'm
sorry, Excuse me. Study the roles with the class,
making sure they understand the different stages of
the dialogue. Divide the class into groups of three
and allocate the roles. Encourage students to do this
as an oral activity if they can without writing down
Intonation (responding to news).
Context Kids talk about their weekends and

about their French test
~1.21
Optional Extra
Draw simple pictures (or find suitable photos) of
someone with badly fitting clothes, for example,
a man with an enormous hat Ask What's the
problem with his clothes? to elicit The hat's too
big. Students draw similar pictures and ask their
partners to identify the problem.
SB pp.14-15
a Revise the story so far by asking students some

questions: What are Luke, Anna, Rosy and Greg
going to do? (work experience) Who is going to
work where? (Luke is going to work in the sports
centre. Anna is going to work in a hotel. Rosy is
going to work in a restaurant Greg is going to work
for a newspaper.) Invite students to tell you the story
of the last episode.
b Focus attention on the pictures. Ask Where are
they? Ask students to look at picture 3 and ask how
they think the kids feel. Play audio recording 1.21
for students to listen and answer the questions.
Check their answers.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
at her grandparents'
Luke
They are having a French test
No, it was hard.
Students read the story again and decide whether

the statements are true or false or if the dialogue
doesn't say. Allow time for them to compare w ith
a partner before going through the answers . When
25
......
checking the answers, pay particular attention to

the distinction between false (the dialogue explicitly
contradicts the statement) and doesn't say (the
dialogue has no information about the statement).
5
6
7
8
true
false
false
doesn't say
~1.22
3 a Ask students
how they think each pupil feels

after the test? Ask who they think passed the test
and who failed. Ask them to give reasons for their
opinions. Divide the class into groups of three or four
and give them two minutes to come up with their
ideas for the next part of the story. Each group tells
the class their ideas. Note the main points from each
group on the board.

and compare their ideas with what they hear. Discuss
with the class which group's ideas were closest to
the recording .
c . Play the recording again for students to listen and
note the marks. Point out that the marks are given
as percentages (out of 100%).
BOY AND GIRL

TEACHER
a Students think back to the two dialogues and

complete the expressions in pairs.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
test (worried)
most (uncertain)
glad (relieved)
get (friendly)
too (uncertain, hopeful)
answer (hopeful)
think (uncertain)
mark (i nquisitive)
cent (disappointed)
Optional Extra
For each sentence, ask students how they think
people feel when they say each expression (see
answer key above for suggestions) . Get them
to practise saying the sentences with the right
feeling .
b Ask students to work in groups and talk about
their last English test. Walk round the class giving
help with pronunciation and intonation. When they
have finished, invite a student from each group to
tell you what marks the others in their group got
and how they felt about the test.
5 a
~1.22
TEACHER
Answer key
Answer key
1 doesn't say
2 true
3 true
4 doesn't say
Everyday English
So your homework for today is page 20,

exercise 5. Now I've got your test papers
here. Josh and Mary. Can you give them
out, please?
Yes, miss.
It wasn't an easy test, but most of you
did very well. We'll talk about the test
next lesson .
Ask students to complete the sentences without

if they were right.
Answer key
1 could see
2 had to revise
b Write this table, on the board.
Present
GREG
ROSY
GREG
ANNA
GREG
ROSY
LUKE
ANNA
LUKE
ANNA
What marks did you get, Rosy?

I got 92%.
Wow! That's brilliant.
Yes. Congratulations! I only got 71% .
Well, that's pretty good. I got 77.
Great. What about you, Luke?
Oh, er, I got 15% .
Well, that's not bad. 50% is a pass.
No, not fifty per cent. Fifteen per cent.
One-five.
Oh, dear.
3 didn't have to do
4 couldn't answer
Past
Past negative
must, have to
can
Invite students to come to the board and complete
table with examples from exercise Sa. Ask students
to explain the difference between had to and could
(had to implies you had no choice, could implies
you were able to).
Present
Past
Past negative
must, have to
can
had to
could
didn't have to
couldn't
Answer key
Rosy 92%
Anna 71%
Greg 77%
Luke 15%
26]
Optional Extra
Ask each student to tell you something they had
to do yesterday, something they didn't have to
do yesterday, something they could do yesterday,
something they couldn't do yesterday. Check
they use the correct modals and understand the
difference in meanings.
Students work on their own to complete the

sentences, using the information from the story.
Ch eck their answers .
GIRL
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
GIRL
GIRL
GIRL
GIRL
had to
couldn't, had to
didn't have to
couldn't, had to
could, had to
1
2
1
2
BOY
GIRL
BOY
Hi. How was it?

I didn't get it.
Oh I'm sorry to hear that. Never mind.
Thanks .
Hi. How are you? Are you playing football
today?
Yes. We've got an important match.
Good luck. I hope you win.
Thanks.
Later.
GIRL
Optional Extra
Write the name of the game, I was someone else
yesterday, on the board. Students come to the
front of the class in turn. The students imagine
th ey were someone else (someone the others will
now), and tell the class things they had to or
didn't have to do, or could or couldn't do, because
they were this person and not themselves. The
others try to guess who the student was.
~1.23
7 a Ask students to
read the dialogue and suggest

w hat words might go in the gaps. Play audio
recording 1.23 for students to listen and complete
th e missing words. You should explain that the gaps
are not in the same order as the recording. Stop
after each dialogue and check that students have
completed the expressions used in it.
~1.23
Hi. How are you?
Fine, thanks. I'm in a judo competition today.
Good luck.
Thanks.
30Y
GIR L
OY
GIR L
....ater.
Hi. How did it go?
I came second.
Well done.
Thanks.
OY
~ I RL
30Y
~IR L
2
30Y 1
30Y
30Y 1
2
....ater.
30Y 1
BOY 2
BOY 1
BOY 2
30Y
Hi. How's it going?

Well, I'm a bit nervous . I've got a piano exam
today.
Well, I'll keep my fingers crossed for you.
Thanks.
Hi . How did you get on?
I failed.
Oh well. Better luck next time.
Thanks.
3
GI RL
1
2
GI RL
GI RL
2
....ater.
GI RL
Hi. You look smart. Where are you going?

I've got an interview for a job today.
Well, good luck. I hope you get it.
Thanks.
BOY
GIRL
BOY
Hi . Did you win?

Yes, we did. We won three nil.
That's good news . Well done.
Thanks.
Answer key
1 piano
2 luck
3 fingers
4 get
5 was
6 get
7 good
8 Well
b Explain this chart introduced expressions

connected with success or failure . Ask students
to look at the table and answer the following
questions:
1 Which expressions do you use to wish
someone success? (those in the box with Good
luck, etc.)
2 Which expressions do you use to ask how well

they did? (those in the box with How did it go,
etc.)
3 Which expressions do you use when
they have succeeded? (those in the box with
Congratulations, etc.)
Which expressions do you use when they
have failed? (those in the box with Never mind, etc.)
You can ask the students if they know of any other

expressions they could add to these four boxes, for
example I hope it goes OK. How did you do?
That's brilliant. Too bad.
Ask students to imagine when they might use this
kind of dialogue. Brainstorm a few ideas and write
them on the board, e. g. sitting an exam; doing a
competition, trying to get on a reality TV show, etc.
Divide the class into groups of four. Students choose
a situation and write a dialogue for it. Tell them to
write it for four people . Walk round the class as
they talk and write, offering help where needed and
checking the dialogues. Tell them to practise reading
the dialogue and then to say it without reading . If
you have time, choose one or two groups to act out
the dialogue in front of the class.
~1.21
Culture
The story of England
Students work in groups to act out the dialogues in

exercise 1. You will need to allow plenty of time for
this activity. Ask students to listen to recording 1.21
again and repeat after the CD first so they know the
right rhythm and intonation. Divide the class into
groups of four, and assign the roles . As students
practise, walk round the class giving help where
needed and encouraging the appropriate rhythm
and intonation. Encourage students to practise
without books if possible. Choose a good group to
act out the scene in front of the class. If you do not
have enough time, choose just one section of the
story to act out.
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to write and act out a
dialogue between Luke and his parents when he
tells them his mark.
Pronunciation ~ 1.24
Play audio recording 1.24 for students to listen . Play

the recording again, stopping after every person for
students to repeat. Encourage students to be very
expre.ssive, using gestures as well as the words.
Optional Extra
Students walk around the class and find a partner.
You shout out one of the expressions from the
recording, for example That's a pity and they
practise saying it to each other a few times.
Students practise all the expressions like this,
changing partners each time. At the end, you can
choose the most expressive students to perform
for the rest of the class .
SB p.16
Aims of the section To provide students with

information and vocabulary about the history of
England.
New vocabulary Groups of people in the
history of England . See WB Wordlist p.75.
Skills
Reading about the history of England.
Context We learn about the history of England

from the first settlers to the Norman Conquest.
~1.25
1 a Ask students to
look at the title of the text 'The

story of England ', and to suggest what it might
be about (the history of how England became one
country). Ask if the know anything about its history,
which people lived there, where they came from,
any famous wars or battles. Write any ideas on the
board. Students then read and listen. Were any of
their ideas mentioned? Students then put the groups
of people in the correct order.
2 a
Write these headings on the board: group of

people, when, where from, and list the groups of
people from exercise 1a in the first column . Invite
students to fill in the rest of a table with the missing
information.
'
Answer key
group of people
when
where from
the Celts
600
Belgium
the Romans
AD 43
Rome
the Anglo-Saxons
4th century
north-western
Europe
the Vikings
from 8th
century
Denmark and
Norway
the Normans
1066
Normandy in
northern France
BC
Revision idea
To revise past modals students write a composition
with the title I'm happy I'm a teenager. They
write about what they had to do and couldn't do
when they were children of seven or eight, and
why they think it is better now. Tell them how
many sentences you want. For weaker groups,
you can write a couple of example sentences on
the board as models, e.g. I had to go to bed at
nine o'clock but now I can stay up much later.
I couldn't watch television after dinner, and
now I watch it until midnight.
281
_/
b Ask students to read the text again quickly to find

each name and say which group they belong to and
what they did .
Answer key
Boudicca: Celt, English queen who fought the
Romans.
Harold: Anglo-Saxon, English King who lost Battle
of Hastings.
William: Norman duke who defeated Harold and
became King of England.
Hadrian: Roman, built a wall across northern Britain.
Alfred: Anglo-Saxon, united England as one country.
Caractus: Celt, King of Wales who fought the
Romans.
Claudius: Roman, sent an army to Britain in AD 43 .
Play the recording again for students to listen and

read and answer the questions. Check answers.
Answer key
1 gold, silver and copper
2 They probably put some rocks round a fire and
fire melted the metal.
3 a mixture (an alloy) of copper and tin
4 it is stronger.
5 Iron is a very common mineral.
6 People discovered how to use coal instead of
charcoal.
7 Synthetic materials are made by separating the
molecules of other materials.
Answer key
1 the Celts
2 Britannia
3 Because German tribes started to attack the
Roman Empire .
4 England- 'Angle-land', East Anglia- kingdom of
the East Angles, Sussex- kingdom of the South
Saxons, Normandy- land of the North men
5 The Normans came to England in 1066 under
Duke William and defeated Harold, the last
Anglo-Saxon king. William the Conqueror
became King William I.
Optional Extra
Divide the class into two teams. With books
closed, each team writes five questions about the
story of England to the test the other team. Can
they answer each other's questions?
Answer key
1
2
3
4
:you have a copy of the DVD, you could play Unit 1

and give students worksheet 1 on page 122.
~ere
History: materials
New vocabulary bronze, aluminium, tin, alloy,

charcoal, coal, steel, synthetic materials, PVC,
polystyrene, nylon, mineral, molecule. See WB
Wordlist p.75.
Skills
Writing about the history of materials.
Context
We learn about the history of materials.
~1.26
1 a Play audio
recording 1.26 for students to listen,

read and tick the materials mentioned.
copper, gold, silver, bronze, tin, iron, steel

houses, palaces, temples, (huge) monuments
machines, steam engines, bridges, railways
Bakelite, PVC, polystyrene, nylon
Optional Extra
To revise the vocabulary from this section, ask
students to write sentences about what the
following are: alloy, mineral, crust, charcoal,
coal, molecule.
English across the curriculum SB p.17

Aims of the section To learn how the use of
different materials shaped human history.
You can do this exercise as a race . Students start to

look and make their lists when you say go, and put
up thei r hands when they finished. The first student
who finishes with the correct answers wins.
This exercise can be done as homework . The

information can be found in books but if stLJdents
have the internet available, they can use this.
They can search in both English and their own
language, but explain that if they search in English,
they w ill probably find some useful new vocabulary
too. Correct their paragraphs (or put students in
groups or pairs to correct each other's work) and ask
students to write a corrected copy. This can be a very
effective method of improving their grammar and
spelling. Yo u can use their paragraphs with some
appropriate pictures to make wal l posters.
Revision
Answer key
Materials mentioned: plastic, stone, iron, bronze,
copper.
b Students may remember the order of the

materials, but, if not, ask them to try to find this
information in the text as quickly as possible.
Answer key
SB p.18
Study skills
Tell students that the Study skills boxes give practical
suggestions about how to learn . Ask how many of them
use English outside the classroom? What do they use it
for? Make a list of some ideas on the board.
Try to get each student to promise to do one English
speaking activity outside the classroom for next week.
Take a note of what the activities are. Follow up to check.
stone, copper, bronze, iron, plastic

read and answer the questions . Check their answers.
Grammar ~ 1.27
1 a
Students describe the picture, each student

saying one thing about it. Remind them that they
should use the present continuous unless they are
using stative verbs .
b Students work on their own to complete the

story. Check answers.
Students write one sentence about each point.

Check answers.
Answer key
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
was sitting
was studying
were
was
was
was ra1n1ng
didn't want
decided
put
lit
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
rang
went
was talking
caught
smelt/smelled
ran
was going
tripped
hit
Ask students for some ideas about how they think

the story ends. Make some notes on the board. Then
play audio recording 1.27 and ask students to check
their predictions.
~1.27
One wet afternoon in September, Will Mackintosh,
was sitting in his room. He was studying for a test.
His parents were at work and his sister, Becky, was at
school. He was hungry, but it was raining heavily so
he didn't want to go to the shops. He decided to cook
some chips.
He put some oil in a saucepan on the cooker and lit the
gas. Then the telephone rang, so Will went to answer it.
While he was talking on the phone, the oil suddenly
caught fire. When Will smelt the smoke, he ran back
to the kitchen. But as he was going into the kitchen
he tripped on the leg of a chair and hit his head on a
cupboard.
Luckily, a few moments later, Becky arrived home. When
she came in, Will was lying on the floor unconscious.
Becky quickly took off her wet coat and threw it over
the saucepan. Then she turned off the gas.
Later Will said 'I was lucky that Becky came home.' 'Oh,
it was nothing,' said Becky. 'Anyway, I didn't like that
old coat very much.' When she came home the next
day, Becky was wearing a nice new coat.
Students work on their own to write the sentences.

Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
30]
He used to play football.

They didn't use to live in a big house.
They used to live in a flat.
Oliver used to go cycling with his friends .
He didn't use to go horse riding .
He used to wear a green uniform.
He didn't use to go to school in jeans.
Students' own answers.
a Ask students to read the sentences. Ask Where

is the dialogue taking place? (in a clothes shop) .
Students work on their own to put the dialogue in
order.

and check answers. Invite two students to act
out the dialogue for a further check in case some
students did not hear correctly.
Answer key
Excuse me. Can I try these jeans on, please?
Yes, the changing rooms are over there, next to the
jackets.
Next to the jackets? Thanks.
How are they?
They aren't big enough . Have you got them in a
larger size?
Yes, here you are . Try these.
Are they better?
Yes, these are fine. I'll take them.
c Students work in pairs to write dialogues for

the pictures. Walk around the class helping with
vocabulary and grammar if required. Each pair acts
out their dialogues for the class.
Your project
SB p.19
Aims of the section To consolidate new

grammar and vocabulary.
Grammar
Skills
Past tenses.
Writing about an event in history.
Context
Description of an event in history.
Develop your writing
1 a
Ask students to read the examples in the box.

Point out that we use linking words in the sentences
to contrast the ideas. To check they understand the
concept, write some ideas on the board (English
is easy. Our teacher is old. We go to school on
Fridays. ) and ask students to suggest contrasting
ideas, for example .. . Maths is difficult. ... we are
young . ... we don't go to school on Saturdays.
Write their suggestions on the board .
Read the sentences again and ask the students to
tell you which words require starting a new sentence
(However, On the other hand,) and how we
separate the parts of the sentence with the other
linking words (we use a comma).
b Students work on their own to join the sentences.

Invite a student to write his I her sentences on the
board.
~1.29
1 Ask the students to
read the words quickly to check

they can remember their past simple forms. Then
they read the song quickly to get a better idea about
what information is missing . Play audio recording
1.29 for the students to listen and complete the
song . Check the answers.
Ask the rest of the class if they are right and, if not,
how to correct them. Ask the students to check their
own sentences for mistakes. Ask students to make
sentences joining the contrasting ideas you wrote on
the board in exercise 1a.
Answer key
Answer key
Possible answers:
1 Jeans were very popular, but people only wore
them as work clothes .
2 Although stone, wood and metal are natural
materials, plastic is not.
3 The Romans conquered all of southern Britain .
On the other hand, they never conquered
Scotland.
4 Otzi was only forty-six years old. However, that
was old for someone in the Stone Age.
1 came
2 heard
3 Went
4 Stood
5 built
6 lived
7 took
8 saw
9 drove
10 told
Students look at the pictures and reread the text to

find out what they are.
Answer key
Flux capacitor/time machine; girl with round hair
like StarWars.
Write your project
For more detailed notes on project work see the

introduction to the Teacher's Book page 9.
Before beginning, each student should tell you which
event they have chosen and agree with you that it
is suitable. You may wish to coordinate this activity
with what the students are learning in history.
Some initial planning will be necessary. For example,
you will need to decide how much time to devote
to the project. Students should think about the
materials they will need (e.g . photos or pictures
from magazines) and where they are going to find
them . You should also decide how the projects
should be presented. There are options other than
the traditional project book or wall chart. If students
have access to the technology, it is easy nowadays to
make the project as a website or a video film .
Song
SB p.19
Year3000
Aims of the section
tenses.
Skills
To review the use of past
Listening for specific words (gap filling).
Context
Time travel in the song Year 3000.
Cultural background note

-:-EAR 3000 is a song by British pop/rock group Busted,
...eleased in 2002. Lyrics in the song make references to
:he BACK TO THE FUTURE _film trilogy (directed by Bob
::emeckis}, including lines about the 'flux capacitor;
J.n d the fact that the time machine mentioned is 'like
ne in a film I've seen :
Play the song again. Ask the students to listen and

read the lyrics carefully to find the answer to the
question .
Answer key
People living underwater, the listeners great, great,
great, great grand daughter, boy bands, and girls
with round hair.
Test
For extra practice, see the test for Unit 1 on p.130.
2
book. The first is easy to answer (stunt actors), so you
might want to follow this up by asking : What do
you think stunt doubles do in the movies? (They
perform action scenes which are too dangerous for
the stars to do themselves.) Ask students for their
ideas about why they think the joo might disappear
in the future. Don't give away the answer yet.
Students read and listen to check their predictions.
Check the answer to the second question .
Unit overview
Grammar focus Present perfect; been I gone;
present perfect v past simple; question tags.
New vocabulary Verbs + prepositions; time
expressions; word families; computer technology.
Pronunciation /rf and /i:/; negative auxiliaries;
intonation: question tags .
Skills Talking about past experiences; listening

for specific information; writing a biography
Topic/Context
Culture
Answer key
Stunt doubles will probably be replaced by CGI
(Computer Generated Images).
Successful lives.
Teenagers' reading habits.

SB p.29 .
SB p.28.
ICT: computers.
Students read the text again to answer the

comprehension questions. Check the answers .
Answer key
1 A stunt double that replaces a big movie star for
dangerous action scenes .
2 Rick has driven cars through walls and into rivers .
3 Angela cut her hand badly falling through glass
for Kill Bill.
4 Simon Crane climbed from one aeroplane to
another at 5,000 metres.
5 Jack's recently been in hospital.
6 CGI (Computer Generated Images).

unit.
58 pp.20-21
Section A
The movies
Aims of the section
of present perfect.
To revise the form and use
Grammar Present perfect; been I gone; present

perfect v past simple. See WB Unit 2 pp . 14-15;
WB Grammar summary 2.1-2.3; WB Key TB p.92
New vocabulary
Word list p.76.
Pronunciation
Grammar
4 a Ask students to complete the sentences without
Verbs + prepositions. See WB
looking at the text first, and then to check the text

to see if they w ere correct.
/rf and /i:/.
Answer key
Skills
1 has driven
Context We read an article about stunt doubles

and discuss first-time experiences.
b Students look through the text to underline

all the examples of the present perfect. Ask them
to find at least one example of a question and a
negative form. From their answers, write an example
of the question and negative forms on the board.
Reading for general comprehension;

listening for specific information (completing a
table); talking about first-time experiences.
Vocabulary
Read through the list of phrasal/prepositional verbs

with the students. Check they understand them
by asking them to mime the action. Invite the rest
of the class to agree or disagree w ith the mimed
meaning. Students then look at the two photos and
match the five actions.
-u
Answer key
1 c 2e 3a 4d
5b
321
Ask students to look at the pictures again and the

title of the article . Look at the two questions in the
have ... come
Ask students to say how you make present perfect

questions (change word order of subject and auxiliary
verb to have + subject+ past participle) and negative
statements (add not after the correct form of have).
Answer key
There are very many examples in the text. Some
possible answers include:
Have you ever done anything really dangerous?
You've probably never heard of Rick or Angela.
They've been in a lot of famous films.
You haven't heard of them because they're stunt
doubles.
Rick and Angela have been stunt doubles for some
of the biggest movie stars.
c Students read the examples and the explanations

:m out the use of been and gone.
Optional Extra
."/rite these examples on the board: (on a
-elephone) Oh, you're away on holiday.
'Nhere have you ... ? and So you're back from
your holiday. Where have you ... ? Ask students
:o complete the sentence endings with been and
gone. Then ask students to work with a partner
:o write mini-dialogues with been and gone.
Students write the three sentences on their own

then work with a partner to check if their sentences
are correct. If they agree there is a mistake, the
student corrects the sentence. Check all the students'
sentences, explaining any errors not corrected .

if they were right. Write the sentences on the board.
Answer key
1 Angela has fallen off bridges, high buildings and
motorbikes.
2 In 2002, Angela ffll through a glass table.
a Ask students-to stand in a circle. One student says

something from the list that he/she has done, for
example I've fallen out of bed. The next student
says what the other person has done and adds
something he/she hasn't done, for example Mario
has fallen out of bed. I haven't seen a shooting
star. The third student says what the others have
done or haven't done and adds something he/she
'las done or hasn't done, and so on until it is the
irst student's turn again. Students can use their own
deas once they have used up the ideas from the
oook.
b Give each student one of the ideas from the

oook or another idea . Students walk round the
class asking and answering the questions Have you
ever... , then report back to the class about how
many people they spoke to have done and haven't
done each activity.
b Ask students to say what tense is used in the two

examples in exercise 7a (1 present perfect,
2 past simple). Ask: When did this happen? (1 We
don't know. 2 In 2002.) Ask them to identify which
sentence has a past time reference . (2) Now ask
students to generalize the rule from the examples.
Answer key
Past simple: when there is a past time reference.
Present perfect: when there is no past time
reference.
a Students work on their own to write the sentences.

Walk round the class checking they are using the
correct tenses. Go though answers with the class.
Answer key
Optional Extra
To practise the present perfect form and short
answers, ask each student to think of something
interesting they have done up to now and make
a true sentence, for example, I have won a
music competition. (The more surprising the
ach ievement or experience the better.) Each
student should then make up another achievement
w hich isn't actually true. For a third sentence, they
ca n choose either a true or a made-up experience.
Ask students to work with a partner and tell each
other their three sentences. Their partner should
decide if they think the statement is true or false
by responding with: Yes, you have. or No, you
haven't.
Each statement correctly judged wins 1 point.
Students work with a few other partners (make
sure every student has an equal number of
chances). Walk around and monitor the activity for
mistakes with the present perfect.
The student with the most correct guesses around
the class is the winner.
3 He drove a lorry down a mountain last

September.
4 He jumped off a bridge in January.
5 He jumped off a roof on a motorbike 2 years ago.
6 He hasn't walked through fire .
b Students work with a partner asking and

answering questions. Walk round the room and
monitor their correct use of tenses.
Optional Extra
Early finishers can ask each other about things
they have done and when they did them : Have
you been to a pop concert? Who did you see?
When did you see them?
Optional Extra
Students work with a partner to prepare and act
out an interview with a stunt actor. One of them is
an interviewer and the other a film stunt actor. The
interviewer can ask about:
stunts they have done and when they did them,
films they have been in,
any accidents they have had,
famous stars they have met.
Ask a few pairs to act out their dialogues to the
class.
listening~ 1.31
Answer key
a Explain to students that they are going to hear

a recording about people who have recently done
something exciting, and invite ideas about what
these things might be. Play audio recording 1.31 for
students to listen to and complete the first column.
Check their answers .
1
2
3
4
5
6
~1.31
b Play the recording again for students to listen

and complete the second and third colums. Check
answers.
So, what have you done for the first time recently?
I've drunk coffee.
When did you do that?
Last Monday.
And did you like it?
No. It was horrible.
Answer key
1 drunk coffee, last Monday, felt disgusted
(because it was horrible)
2 ridden an elephant, yesterday, felt a bit
frightened (because the elephant was high)
3 been on an aeroplane, two weeks ago, felt good
(because it was great)
4 eaten curry, Saturday, felt happy (because it was
delicious)
5 broken arm, Sunday afternoon, felt interested
(because it was interesting)
6 spoken French to someone, last week, felt
nervous
OK, and what have you done for the first time
recently?
I've ridden an elephant.
An elephant? When did you do that?
Yesterday. We went on a school trip to the zoo.
Was it good?
Yes, but the elephant was really high.
And what have you done for the first time recently?
I've been on an aeroplane.
Great. When did you do that?
Two weeks ago. We went to Spain for our holiday.
Did you have a good time?
Yes. It was great.
So, what have you done for the first time recently?
I've eaten curry.
On Saturday. We went to an Indian restaurant.
And did you like it?
Well, it was a bit hot, but it was delicious.
OK, what have you done for the first time recently?
I've broken my arm .
Oh dear. How did you do that?
I fell off my bike on Sunday afternoon .
Did you go to hospital?
Yes, I did . That was quite interesting . I've never been
to hospital before.
And what have you done for the first time recently?
I've spoken to someone in French .
Last week. Some people from France came to our
school.
And how did you feel?
I was a bit nervous, but it was OK.
drunk coffee
ridden an elephant
been on an aeroplane
eaten curry
broken arm
spoken French to someone
Pronunciation ~ 1.32 and 1.33
10
a Write the symbols /r/ and /i:/ on the board and

remind the students of their pronunciation . Ask
students if they can give some examples of words
with each sound (for example /i:/ been, mean,
/r/ if, bit) Play audio recording 1 .32 for students to
listen and mark the /r/ sounds.

and repeat.
Answer key~ 1.33

/r/ this, film, driven, hill, in, river, it's, with
Optional Extra
For the benefit of students who find distinguishing
these sounds difficult, ask them to work in groups.
They have to make a sentence using as many
words with /r/ or /i:/ as they can and say it to the
class. They can use any word more than once,
but they cannot use any other words except a,
the or and. The group who make the longest
correct sentence wins (e.g. Hear that big bird
which sits in this big tree, sings and eats big
seeds quickly.) Find out which student can say the
longest sentence quickest.
Revision idea
Students tell each other, or write a short paragraph
about the most dangerous thing they have ever
done.
341
Optional Extra
Many students find 'the past action with a result
in the present' concept difficult. and often use
the present perfect instead of the past simple
inappropriately. This activity may help clarify the
concept. Mime walking with a limp, and ask
students what they think has happened to you, to
elicit, for example, You've hurt your leg. Answer
saying when it happened, for example Yes, I have.
I fell yesterday.
SB pp.22-23
Section B
Smart Alec closes the door
Aim of the section To present and practise

urther uses of the present perfect.
Grammar Present perfect; for I since. See WB
Jnit 2 pp.16-17; WB Grammar summary 2.4; WB
<ey TB p.93.
New vocabulary
N ordl ist p.76.
Pronunciation
Time expressions. See WB
Invite students to come to the front of the class

and mime different problems. (e.g lost a purse,
missed the bus). The other students suggest
what has happened and the first student tells
them when. Ask for more than one idea for every
problem .
Negative auxiliaries
Skills Reading/listening for general

co mprehension.
Context Smart Alec closes the door and the
..vi ndow and Sweet Sue can't get in.
4
omprehension
~ 1.34
a Ask students to look at the pictures without

reading. What ideas do they have about the story?
How does Sue feel in the last picture (very angry)?
Play the recording for students to read, listen and
an swer the questions.
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Answer key
1 She's hot and she wants to eat her lunch .
2 She can't open the door or the window.
Students read the text and answer the questions.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
They are waiting for some criminals.

At half past seven.
Ten minutes.
Smart Alec.
She hasn't taken her mobile .
The fire brigade.
Sweet Sue.
Optional extra
Students work in groups to act out the story. With
stronger groups, ask students to work in groups
-o write and act out a dialogue which continues
-he story. Sweet Sue calls Mr Biggs the next day to
apologize and explain why she didn't meet him.
ram mar
Ask students to complete the examples without
10oking at the text, and then to check the text to see
f they were right.
Students use the information in the story where

necessary and write the reasons. Check answers.
He hasn't had lunch.

He's closed the door and the window.
He's been to the bank.
He's bought new shoes.
He's found Sweet Sue's phone .
He's taken some photos.
He hasn't switched on the computer.
a Ask the students to complete the sentences

without looking at the text, and then to check the
text to see if they were right.
b Ask which time expression is a 'point in time'
(7.30) and which is a 'period of time' (ha lf an hour) .
Ask students to look at the sentences and complete
the rules . Ask students for other examples of 'points
in time' (for example, last week, two months ago,
in January) and 'periods of time' (for example, two
weeks, six days, three years, ages, a long time).
Write their ideas on the board in two columns,
headed 'point in time' and 'period of time' .
Answer key
We use since with a point in time.
We use for with a period of time.
c Students work on their own to complete the

phrases.
Answer key
1 since
2 for
3 for
4 since
5 s1nce
6 for
7 for
8 since
Answer key
1 hasn't taken
2 I've been
35
Optional Extra
If students still have problems with using for/since
correctly, you can try this exercise. Write the time
and date 10.00 a.m., Saturday 6th September
2008. and this table on the board and ask students
to fill in the missing information.
for two months
since 1980
for a week
Answer key
2 doesn 't study
4 isn't
1 live
3 takes
l
since 9.55 a.m. today
for 28 years
since last Saturday (since 30th August 2008)
for eight months
since 4 a.m.
for five minutes
Students work on their own to do this exercise.
Check answers.
5
6
7
8
doesn't work
does
are
doesn't ride
8
Answer key
Jack rode his bike to school for a few years.
I
I
'
since January 2008
How long have you been on holiday?

We've been on holiday for five days.
since 6th July
for six hours
I've done judo since I was ten years old.
a Say do, don't and have, haven't and ask

students which negative has an extra syllable
(haven't). Tell students to tick it. Students to look
at the rest of the table and tick the other negatives
which they think have the extra syllable.

and check. Check the answers. Play the recording
again for students to listen and repeat.
Answer key
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
left, has been

had, have had
hasn't arrived, didn't arrive
haven't seen, saw
haven't eaten, ate
Listening ~ 1.35
To demonstrate the activity, play item 1 from audio

recording 1.35 and stop the CD. Ask students to
look at sentence 1 in the book, and choose wh ich
form is true for the dialogue they have just heard:
live or don't live (live) . Remind students that they
are not listening to exact words in the book. Now
play the rest of the recording for students to listen
and complete the exercise.
haven't, doesn't, didn't, wasn't, hasn't
Revision idea
Write these on separate pieces of paper:
lived in this town
studied English
played football
played a musical instrument
had a computer
been at this school
lived in your house
known your best friend
Give each student one of these. Students walk
around the class asking each other how long they
have done these things, and find out who has
done it for the shortest and longest times.
~1.35
Section C
How long have you lived in New York?

We've been here since last July.
What languages do you study at school?
We study French at school. But I studied German for
one year, too.
Kate has taken the bus to school since Year 9.
I was in the school hockey team for three years.
36]
How long did you work in the shop?

I worked there for six months.
SB pp.24-25
Fame
Aims of the section To practise reading

comprehension; to learn the adjectives associated
with certain nouns; to listen to what contestants
decide to do in a quiz show and to talk about
game shows.
Grammar Past simple and present perfect. See
WB Unit 2 pp.18-19; WB Grammar summary
2.1-2.4; WB Key TB p.93.
New vocabulary Word formation (nouns and
adjectives). See WB Wordlist p.76.
Skills Talking about game shows; reading for

general comprehension and true/false; listening
or specific information .
Answer key
Context
We read about the advantages and

disadvantages of fame, and listen to and play a
ga me show.
eading ~ 1.37
a Ask students to look at the pictures and guess
w hat information might be in the article. Ask if
they can guess the answers to the questions just
by looking at the pictures. Then play the recording
for students to listen and read. Ask students the
answers to the questions.
He won a reality TV show competition.
2 He likes giving interviews to newspapers and
success
successful
good looks
good-looking
luck
lucky
happiness
happy
fame
famous
f reedom
free
excitement
excited
difficulty
difficult
magazines, seeing his photo in new spapers,

being recognized in the street, going to parties
and having fantastic holidays.
3 He doesn't like being followed by photographers.
4 He's a DJ for a radio station.
5 He wants be a game show host and write a book.
As k students to give you one w ord to fill each gap

(e.g . I am a teacher. He is clever. /like sport. He's
a friendly person. Ask w hat kind of words go in
t he gaps (noun, adjective, noun, adjective). Students
now w ork on their own to complete the sentences in
the Student's Book.
b Ask students to say which reality TV shows they

w atch . Make a list on the board. Get students to
arrange them in groups according to type (coo king,
show business, romantic, adventure, etc.) Invite
st udents to tell you about their likes and dislikes.
W hich is the favourite show ? Why? Which kind of
show do they like best?
Answer key
Optional Extra
Put students into groups to come up with an
idea for a new reality show that they think wi ll be
popular. Each group describes the idea to the class
an d says why they think people will like it.
Answer key
Possible answers:
1 f ree I successfu l I famous I good-looking I lucky I
happy I excited
2 Good Looks I Success I Happiness I Luck I Fame I
3
4
5
6
Freedom
Happiness, fame I success
dangerous I exciting
Angry, difficulties
Lucky, successful
c Students compare their answers with a partner.
As k students to look at the questions. Students read

t he text again and decide which statements are true.
Go through the answers.
angry
b Write these gapped sentences on the board :

I am a ______
He is ______
I like _ __
He's a ______ person .
Answer key
1
anger
~~-5_,_6_a_n_d_8_a_r_e_t_ru_e_._______________________
Optional Extra
Students write six sentences about Liam's life three
years ago, using the past simple tense. Their partner
has to decide whether they are true or false.
ocabulary
a Students complete the chart on their own. Check

an swers.
Ask them to check if they both used the same kind

of w ord (noun or adjective) for each gap and chec k
the answ ers of any group who didn 't. If they have
different answers, ask them to agree on the best
one. Discuss all the answers with the class and let
the class choose the best answer for each sentence .
Listening and speaking

4 a Get students to tell you the names of some TV
game shows in their country. Ask students what the
contestants do. Do they need any skills to play the
games?
b Focus attention on the picture. Ask what the

people are doing . (They're taking part in a TV game .)
Check students' understanding of the name (Wheel
of Fortune ). Encourage different ideas about what
contestants have to do.
Answer key
The name of the show is Wheel of Fortune .
Students' ow n answers .
~1.38
5 a Play the first part of audio
recording 1.38 for

students to listen to an extract from the show. After
the first listening, get feedback from students: Is the
programme easy to understand? Why (not)? Play
the recording again (more than once if necessary) for
students to answer the questions.
~1.38
Part 1.
MONTY KING OK. Welcome back. You're watching Wheel
of Fortune and I'm your host, Monty King.

Our three contestants this week are Sandra
Harris, Arnold Davis and Brenda Cook. At
the end of round four Brenda has won
3,000. Sandra has won 8,000, but in the
lead is Arnold with 15,000.
Now in the final round one of you will
have the chance to double your money
and win tonight's star prize- a holiday for
two in Australia .
AUDIENCE
Ooooh!
MONTY KING But on the wheel of fortune you can
AUDIENCE
WIN EVERYTHING!
MONTY KING or you can ...
AUDIENCE
LOSE EVERYTHING!
MONtY KING That's right. In this final round, you can
double your money and win the star prize,
but if you lose, you lose all your money.
place and you've won 8,000. Do you

want to take the 8,000 or do you want
to gamble it in the final round? You've
got six seconds to decide.
AUDIENCE
Take the money! Gamble!
MONTY KING What have you decided?
SANDRA
I'll gamble it.
MONTY KING Sandra, you've decided to gamble your
8,000 on the wheel of fortune. So spin
the wheel and choose a letter ... Your
letter, Sandra is T, T for Thomas. Now I'm
going to ask you for eight things beginning
with the letter T. I'm going to ask you for
two kinds of clothes, two kinds of sports,
two kinds of animal and two kinds of food
-clothes, sports, animals and food. You'll
have forty seconds.
Answer key
1 Sandra.
2 T.
3 She spins the wheel.
4 She 'll have to think of eight things beginning with
the letter T- two kinds of clothes, two kinds of
sports, two kinds of animal and two kinds of food .
b Ask students if they think the game is easy

or difficult. Ask: Would it be easy in your own
language? Discuss the two questions in the Student's
Book. What things cou ld they name (in English)
beginning with T? Put their answers on the board.
b Play the recording again, and clarify any further

problems of understanding . Go through the answers.
Answer key
Students' own answers
Answer key
1 Brenda Cook, Sandra Harris, Arnold Davis, Monty
King.
2 Brenda: 3,000; Sandra : 8,000; Arnold:
15,000.
3 They can double their money and win a holiday
in Australia.
4 They lose everything .
~1.39
6 a
Ask a student to read the questions. Explain

gamble(= take a risk). Play audio recording 1.39,
more than once if necessary, for students to listen
and answer the questions. Go through the answers.
~1.40
Play audio recording 1.40 for students to check their

ideas of whether Sandra wins .
~1.40
MONTY KING Are you ready? Start the clock . ... First I
SANDRA
MONTY KING
SANDRA
MONTY KING
SANDRA
MONTY KING
~1.39
MONTY KING So, Arnold you 're in the lead with 15,000,
do you want to take the 15,000 or do

you want to gamble it in the final round?
You've got six seconds to decide.
AUDIENCE
Take the money! Gamble!
MONTY KING What have you decided?
ARNOLD
I'll take the money. I've had a great time
and I'm happy with 15,000 .
MONTY KING OK, Arnold. It's been great to have you on
the show. So now Sandra you ' re in second
38]
SANDRA
MONTY KING
MOLLY
MONTY KING
SANDRA
MONTY KING
want tw o kinds of clothes .

A tie and trousers.
Two kinds of sport.
Tennis and table tennis.
Two kinds of animal
Tarantula and er... er. .. . No .
OK we'll come back to that. Now two
kinds of food.
Tuna and tomatoes.
Now we want one more kind of animal.
Oh, er..
You've got ten seconds left... .....five, fo ur,
three, two .. ...
Tiger. A tiger.
Yeeees! .. . Congratulations, Sandra .
You've doubled your money to 16,000
and you've won tonight's star prize. That's
all for this week. Join us next week for
Wheel of Fortune . Bye.
Students write the script and act out a Wheel of

Fortune game.
Revision idea
Divide the class into two teams. In turn, give
each team an adjective. They have to make the
noun and then make up one sentence using the
noun and one using the adjective . If they do this
correctly, they get a point. If not, the other team
can try. The team with the most points wins.
You can use these adjectives (to make the nouns
in brackets): sad (sadness), stupid (stupidity),
expensive (expense), poor (poverty), lazy
(laziness), tired (tiredness), kind (kindness),
painful (pain).
7 Mr. Cox will write a letter to Luke's parents.

8 He hasn't even started it yet.
~1.42
3 a Invite students to
imagine they are Luke and tell

you what they are going to do . Write the ideas on
the board .

and see if their ideas were correct
~ 1.42
GREG
LUKE
ROSY
Section D
SB p.26
LUKE
Kids: Luke's in trouble
Aims of the section

question tags.
To learn about and practise
Grammar Question tags. See WB Unit 2 pp.2021; WB Grammar summary 2.5; WB Key TB p.93.
ROSY
LUKE
ROSY
The next
New vocabulary According to, excuse, form

teacher, in that case. See WB Wordlist p.76.
Pronunciation
Intonation: question tags.
Context Luke gets into trouble at school

because of his poor marks.
~1.41
1 a Revise the story so far: What happened last
time? (They had a French test. ) How did they get
on? (They all passed except Luke, who only scored
15%.) Why did Luke so badly? (He spent all
weekend doing sport, and he didn't revise .)
b Focus attention on the pictures and get different
students to describe what is happening in them. Play
audio recording 1.41 for students to read and listen .
Ask students to answer the questions.
Answer key
1 His form teacher because he failed the French
test and was not doing his homework.
2 He has to show his Geography project to his
form teacher tomorrow and he hasn't done it.
MR cox
LUKE
MR cox
LUKE
MR cox
LUKE
MR cox
LUKE
So, what are you going to do? You can't do it

all tonight.
You've nearly finished the project, haven't you,
Rosy?
Yes, I have, but Mr Cox will know that it isn 't
your project, won't he?
No, he won 't. He isn 't a Geography teacher.
And you've done most of it on your computer,
haven't you?
Well, yes, I have, but ...
So, can't I just copy it, change a few things
and print it?
I don't know. I don't want to get into trouble.
day.
Yes, hello, Luke. Come in .
I've brought my Geography project, Sir.
Thank you .
I haven't finished it, but I've done quite a lot.
Hmm . Yes, well, this looks pretty good, Luke.
Thank you , Sir.
But I want to see better marks in your other
subjects, too, from now on.
Yes, Sir.
Later.
LUKE
ROSY
LUKE
GREG
LUKE
Here you are, Rosy. Thanks a million.

OK, but you won't use any of this in your own
project, will you?
No, I won't. I promise.
You're lucky to have a friend like Rosy, you know.
Yes . She really got me out of trouble there.
c Play the recording again for students to mark the

statements true or false . Check the answers. Then
discuss the situation with the class: Was Rosy right
to let Luke use her project? Why/why not? Are
Rosy and Luke good friends? Would you like a
friend like Luke? Why/why not? Do you think
Rosie will get into trouble?
Students read the text and answer the questions.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
The kids' form teacher.

Science, History, Maths and French (and Geography).
He was in a tennis competition all weekend.
Two weeks .
He was doing his Geography project.
He must show the project to his form teacher.
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to write and act out a
phone call. Greg phones Rosy to tell her to be
careful about Luke. After they have finished, the
class discuss the scripts.
Everyday English
a Ask students to complete the expressions without

looking back at the text and then read the text to
Answer key
2 look
4 no
5 to
3 pretty
6 that
1 see
7 even
Answer key
2
3
4
5
Your marks weren't very good, were they?

Luke hasn't done the project, has he?
He can't show it to Mr Cox, can he?
He only thinks about sport these days, doesn't
he?
6 He came third in the tennis competition, didn't
he?
7 Luke's parents will get a letter from Mr Cox,
won't they?
8 He's got good friends, hasn't he?
b Get students to decide on a possible translation

for each expression with a partner. Go through their
suggestions and decide which are the best.
5 a
Ask students to complete the expressions without

check their answers. Write the example sentences on
the board and ask students what they notice about
positives and negatives in the sentence tags. (We use
negative tags for positive sentences and positive tags
for negative sentences.)
Answer key
1 is it
a Students use the cues to write questions with

question tags. Walk around the class checking
their work and offering help or corrections where
required.
2 aren't they
b Students work with a partner to ask and answer

their questions. Ask them to note the answers. After
they have finished, invite some of them to tell you
the differences between them and their partner.
b Ask students to read the text and find the other

sentences with a question tag. Ask students to write
tne question tag sentences on the board.
Answer key
You had a French test last week, didn't you?
You didn't revise, did you?
You clearly weren't spending time on your other
homework, were you?
... everybody's got until next week for that, haven't
they?
Luke doesn't look very happy, does he?
You can do that, can't you?
You've done some of it, haven't you?
c Ask students to identify the sentence in
exercise 5b which is an example of each kind of
sentence. Then ask students to explain how to
make the sentence tag in each case. Write the
explanation beside each sentence. Students copy the
explanations and sentences into their notebooks.
Answer key
a positive statement: we use a negative question tag
a negative statement: we use a positive question tag
a verb with an auxiliary: we use the auxiliary to
make the tag
a verb without an auxiliary (for example, You prefer
sport to homework, don't you? and You played
tennis at the weekend, didn't you?): we use dol
does/did in the question tag for present simple or
past simple
a subject that isn't a pronoun: we use the
appropriate pronoun in the question tag
a sentence with everybody I somebody: we use
they in the question tag
40]
Students work on their own to add question tags

to the sentences. Get students to read out their
answers. Make them read the full sentence, and if
they get the intonation wrong, say the answer with
the correct intonation and ask them to repeat it after
the model, without any explanation at this stage.
Students work in groups to act out the dialogue. You

will need to allow plenty of time for this activity. Ask
students to listen and repeat after the recording first
so they know the right rhythm and intonation. Divide
the class into groups of four, and assign the roles . As
students practise, walk round the class giving help
where needed and encouraging appropriate rhythm
and intonation. Encourage students to practise
story to act out.
Optional Extra
Students work in groups. Using the dialogues
in exercise 1 as models, they write one of these
dialogues, using a lot of question tags, and act
it out:
A A tennis coach is angry with his player for
losing a match. The player didn't play well, hasn't
practised enough and is more interested in going
to discos than playing tennis.
B Parents are angry with their teenage children for
having a party while the parents were away for the
weekend. They made a lot of noise, were impolite
to other neighbours, and didn't clean the house
afterwards.
~renunciation ~ 1.43
Answer key
Boys
like reading less, read 2.3 hours a week,

read non-fiction and film stories, read
online song lyrics and computer game
cheats, read magazines about their
interests (cars, football, competitions,
music), read comics
Girls
like reading more, read 4.5 hours a week,

read fiction (JK Rawling and Jacqueline
Wilson), like celebrity and general teenage
magazines, most don't read comics
Play audio recording 1.43 and ask students to

listen carefully and read. Ask students whether the
intonation went up or down at the end of each
sentence (down). Explain that we use this falling
intonation when we expect the listener to agree .
repeat.
Revision idea
Write these situations on the board and ask
stu dents to make up and say sentence with a
question tag for the situations, for example I can
borrow the car tonight, can't I? The students
ca n make up several sentences for each situation
below. Check their intonation .
you want to borrow your friend's bike
you want the teacher to give you more time for
yo ur homework project
you want your friend to come to the cinema
with you
you want your brother to lend you some money
Ask students to work in groups to find the authors in

the texts and make notes of all the information they
know about them . Groups use their notes to report
back to the class.
Answer key
J.K. Rawling, Jacqueline Wilson, J.R.R. Tolkien,
Charles Dickens, George Orwell, John Steinbeck,
Mark Twain, William Shakespeare.
4 a
Students write a short paragraph answering the

questions about their own reading habits.
Culture
SB p.28
Teenagers' reading habits

Aims of the section To find out about the
reading habits of British teenagers and discuss
students' own reading habits.
New vocabulary Types of reading material. See
WB Wordlist p.76.
Skills Multiple matching; reading for specific
information; talking about reading habits;
preparing a class survey.
Context We read an article about British
teenagers' reading habits .
.:ok students about their reading: What kind of things
do you read? Why? When they try to answer, help
'lit h any vocabulary they don't know.
~2.2
1 Play audio
recording 2.2 for students to listen and

match the paragraphs to the headings. Check the
answers.
b Divide the class into five groups. Assign one of

the questions to each group. Groups go round the
class asking their questions and writing the other
students' answers. Each group then summarizes their
results and reports to the class . You will probably
need to monitor the summarizing process carefully
and help with ideas and suggestions where required .
If you have a copy of the DVD, you could play Unit 2
here and give students worksheet 2 on page 123.
English across the curriculum SB p.29

ICT: computers
Aims of the section To introduce vocabulary
and facts about Information Technology.
New vocabulary Words connected with
Information Technology. See WB Wordlist p.76.
Skills Reading for context (banked cloze); talking
about computer usage habits; writing about the
history of the Internet.
Context We read an article then do research to
find out more about computers.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
How much do teenagers read?

Books
Magazines and comics
Reading at school
Students read and listen to the text again and

complete the table. Check their answers .
~2.3
1 a Students look at the picture and
identify the
items.

and check their answers. Play the recording again
for students to listen and repeat.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a monitor
a screen
a cursor
a system unit
a folder
a mouse
a mouse mat
8
9
10
11
12
13
a keyboard
keys
a task bar
a menu
an icon
a window
Grammar~ 2.5
1 a You can begin by using the picture and asking
students to talk about it: Who is she? What do you
think she has done or hasn't done? Students then
complete the sentences .
Answer key
~2.4
2 a Students work with
a partner. Play audio

recording 2.4 for students to listen, read and
complete the text. Give them a few minutes after
the recording has finished to compare their answers
with their partner and complete any gaps they
missed.
b Play the recording again, pausing after each gap
word, for students to check their answers .
1
2
3
4
5
6
click
launch
save
back up
hard drive
CD
memory stick
quit
shut down
connect
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
user name
password
download
virus
firewall
technology
connections
laptop
online
wi-fi
Check that students understand the statements .

Students walk around the class to find someone who
has experienced each situation. Remind them they
must then ask the additional questions. Each student
then tells the class about what they found out.
58 p.30
Study skills
suggestions about how to learn. Ask students to read
the information in the box. Tell students (to imagine)
that they will have a test on this unit next week . Ask
them to prepare a revision plan to prepare for this.
Walk around the class monitoring how they are doing
this and help where necessary. Ask them to compare
their plans in pairs or small groups.
' ' 421
Students' own answers with past simple in 1, 4, 5,

8, 9 and present perfect in 2, 3, 6, 7, 10.
~2.6
3 a Students complete the dialogues.
Answer key
1 gone
2 been, been
3 gone, gone
Students work on their own or with a partner to do

research about the history of the Internet. You may
want to suggest some possible sources for this. Ask
students to summarize their findings by writing a
short paragraph. You may prefer to set this exercise
as homework.
Revision
Students write sentences about their life. Check they

have used the correct tenses.
Answer key
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
's made, made

lived, 's lived
did, hasn't done
haven't seen, saw
sang, hasn't sung
has written, wrote
4 been, been
5 been , gone
Students complete the sentences with question tags.

Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
have we
didn't you
doesn't he/she
were you
isn't it
7 haven 't we
8 aren't they
9 will you
10 aren't they
Writing
Students write six sentences using present perfect

about their imaginary life as a famous person. They
read their sentences to the class who vote on who
has had the most exciting life.
Your project
58 p.31

Grammar Time expressions; past simple and
present perfect.
Skills
Writing a biography.
Context
film star.
about the star's childhood , another about their films

or music, etc., or each member of the group could
concentrate on a different period in the star's life.
Encourage students to illustrate their articles with
pictures from magazines or their own drawings.
Story of the life of a pop, sports or
1 a Ask students to find each expression in the text on
Wall-mount the finished article for other students to

read.
SB p.24 and say what it means. If they don't know,

explain the term, in their own language if necessary.
~2.7
Song
2 a Students complete the text by choosing the
Real to me
correct expressions.
Aims of the section

and check their answers.
lrJ and /i:/.
1
2
3
4
Before
After
At first
after a while
5 Whenever
6 Then
7 After that
8 In the future
Optional Extra
Write the expressions from exercise 1 on the board
in the following order: at first, before, after
that, then, whenever, after, after a while, in

the future.
Explain that you are going to write a story together
using these expressions, and invite ideas for the
first sentence using at first. Correct them and
write them on the board. The students vote for the
best one to start the story. Continue in the same
way with the other expressions until you have a
story of eight sentences.
Example story: At first I couldn't hear anything.
The noise was very loud, and I had to wait for it
to stop, before I could take my fingers out of my
ears. After that, there was silence for a while.
Then suddenly there was a big bang and I hid
under the table. Whenever I hear a bang, I get
very frightened. I looked out after a few minutes,
but there was no one there. After a while, a small
boy came into the room with a box of fireworks.
In the future, I will always stay in bed on
November the Fifth .
Write your project

a For more detailed notes on project work see the
introduction to the Teacher's Book page 9. Before
beginning, each student should tell you which star
they have chosen and agree with you that they are
suitable .
b Encourage students to write about someone the
rest of the class may not know much about. Each
student in the group could write a different part
of the article. For example, one person cou ld write
To review the vowel sounds
Skills Listening for general comprehension;

categorizing.
Answer key
SB p.31
Context
Life of a celebrity.

REAL TO ME is a pop song written by Guy Chambers
and Brian McFadden, and originally performed by
Brian McFadden in 2004. It was Brian's first solo single
after leaving Irish boy band Westlife to spend more
time with his wife (ex-girl band singer Kerry Katona)
and two daughters. The song actually talks about
the background to this decision. Sadly, the couple
separated later and divorced in 2006.
~2.8
1 Play the song
again. Ask the students to listen a.nd

read the lyrics carefully to find the things that are
real and that are not real.
Answer key
The Chorus (When I see ... ) and Bridge (Picnics .. .)
parts of the song describe what's real, verses
1 (Showbiz .. .), 2 (Hotel .. .) and 3 (Dying .. .)
describe what isn't real.
Ask the students to read the words quickly to check

for any unfamiliar vocabulary. Elicit the meanings
from other students or encourage students to look
up words in their dictionary. Play audio recording 2.8
for the students to listen and make a note of words
with III and /i:!. Check the answers.
Answer key
II/ : showbiz, dinners, in, think, it, window, live,
dying, dressing room , its, thinking, spirit, picnics,
children, invite, drink, English, finger
/i:/: free, me, the (before a vowel), see, babies, been ,
peace, tea, TV, dreaming
Test
For extra practice, see the test for Unit 2 on p.132 and
Revision Test 1 on p.134.
Unit overview
Grammar focus Subject and object relative
clauses; should I might.
New vocabulary Parts of the body; food and
drink; health problems and remedies; sports
events.
Pronunciation
sentence stress.
Th; /o/, h:/ and /;m/; agreeing:
Skills Giving advice; talking about diet and

health; agreeing and disagreeing; listening to
health problems; writing a leaflet.
Topic/Context
diet.
Culture
The body; giving advice; healthy

and minerals, SB p.41.
Biology: vitami ns

unit.
Section A
SB pp.32-33.
You and your body

Aims of the section To introduce the use of
subject relative clauses.
Grammar Subject relative clauses. See WB Unit
3, pp.24-25; WB Grammar summary 3.1; WB Key
TB p.94.
Parts of the body. See WB Wordlist
Pronunciation
Context We read about the dos and don'ts of

looking after our bodies.
Vocabulary~ 2.9 and 2.10

1 a Students look at the picture and complete the red
labels. Check their answers.
Answer key
441
hair
head
ear
eye
nose
mouth
teeth
Your heel is at the back of your foot and your ankle is

between your foot and your leg.
The top part of your leg is your thigh. The back of the
bottom part is your calf and the front is your shin. Your
knee is between your thigh and your shin.
You sit on your bottom .
You use your tongue and your lips when you speak.
Your tongue is in your mouth. Your lips are around your
mouth .
On each hand you've got four fingers and one thumb.
The inside part of your hand is your palm. Your wrist is
where your hand bends.
The top, front part of your body is your chest. Your neck
is between your head and your chest. The front of your
neck is your throat.
Your elbow is in the middle of your arm and your
shoulder is between your arm and neck.
c Students compare their answers with a partner.
~2.10
Then play audio recording 2.10 for students to li sten
Answer key
Th.
Skills Scanning; multiple matching.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
~2.9
Your forehead is between your eyes and your hair.
Sports events, SB p.40.
Vocabulary
p.76.

match the body parts to the picture. You may like
to play the description twice and I or in the shorter
sections to give students time to locate the body
parts.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
arm
hand
finger
stomach
leg
foot
toe
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
forehead
lips
tongue
neck
throat
wrist
bottom
knee
shin
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
calf
ankle
heel
thigh
elbow
chest
shoulder
palm
thumb
Optional Extra
Students close their books to play this game. Each
student has three 'lives'. You say a part of the body
and the students point to it. Any student pointing
to the wrong body part loses a 'life'. When they
lose their three 'lives', they are 'out'. The last one
still 'in' wins.
Comprehension
2 a Ask students what advice they could give to
someone abut their stomach, and note their ideas on
the board. Do the same for all the words in the list.
Ask students to cover the text. Explain that they have
to find which topics from the list are covered in the
text, and it is a race to see who can do it first. When
you say 'go', they start. When they finish, they put
up their hand and wait. When all students have their
hands up, check the first students' answers, then the
second and so on until you find the first student to
finish with the correct answer. Ask students which
paragraph talks about each item . Discuss which of
the students' ideas were not mentioned in the text.
Answer key
eating (2), your skin (4), your feet (5), smoking (3),
exercise (1)
b Divide class into groups. Each group should agree

on the two suggestions from the text which they
think are most important and write their reasons.
Each group then present their arguments to the class
and the class vote for the most important piece of
advice.
Grammar
3 a
Students read the rule and check their

understanding.
b Ask students to underline the relative clause, then

translate sentence 2 (Wear shoes that fit properly.)
into their own language. Discuss the similarities
and differences in how relative clauses are made in
English and in their language.
c Ask students to look through the text and

underline the examples. Invite students in turn to
come to the board and write an example of a relative
clause from the text. Tell them to also write the word
just before the clause. Ask the rest of the class to
check that they have copied accurately.
Answer key
people who don't look after their bodies
people that take exercise
things that contain lots of fat and sugar
things that are good for you
people that smoke
places that are smoky
people who sunbathe
shoes which are too tight
d Ask students to look at the examples on the board

and complete the rule about which pronoun to use.
Answer key
We can use that with people or things.
We can use who with people .
We can use which with things.
e Invite students to come up to the board in turns

to change the examples which use that.
Answer key
people who take exercise
things which contain lots of fat and sugar
things which are good for you
people who smoke
places which are smoky
Optional Extra
Ask students to complete these sentences by
adding a suitable relative clause, for example
I have a dog that sleeps all day.

I have a dog ...
We like teachers ...
I want to go to a school .. .
My mother wears clothes .. .
Our school has pupils ...
4 a

sentences . Check their answers.
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
that
that
that
that
that
don't fit properly

contains vitamins and minerals
have fair skin
isn't good for you
don't get enough exercise
b Students rewrite the sentences with who or.

which . Check their answers.
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
which don't fit properly

which contains vitamins and minerals
who have fair skin
which isn't good for you
who don't get enough exercise
~2.11
5 Explain that the students are
going to hear ten

descriptions of parts of the body and they have to
write down what part of body is being described.
Play the first part and pause the recording after
the example. Ask what part of the body it is (the
shoulder) . Play the rest of audio recording 2.11 for
students to listen and answer.
~2.11
the joint that's between your arm and neck
2 the part of your hand that's between your wrist and
your fingers
3 the part of your face that's above your eyes
4 the part of your leg that's behind your shin
5 the white things that are in your mouth
6 the joint that bends your leg
7 the part of the body that hears things
...
the part of your body that connects your chest and

your head
9 the part of your foot that touches the ground first
when you walk
10 the joint that bends your arm
Revision idea
Each students describes one person in the class using
a relative clause (for example, she's the girl that
wrote the tongue twister on the board) and the
rest of the class try to guess who the person is.
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
palm
forehead
calf
teeth
knee
7 ear
Sweet Sue has the last laugh
9 heel
10 elbow
Aims of the section To revise the use of should

and might; to introduce object relative clauses.
Grammar Should I might; object relative clauses.
See WB Unit 3 pp.26-27; WB Grammar summary
3.2-3 .3; WB Key TB p.94.
Reading and writing
6 a
Students work on their own to read the clues and

label the picture. To check the answers, ask students
to describe where each boy is and what he looks
like.
New vocabulary
Skills
D Giorgio
E Timothy
b Students look at the picture again and write

sentences with relative clauses to identify the boys.
See WB Wordlist p.76.
Giving advice.
Context Sweet Sue doesn't think Smart Alec

should give so much advice .
Answer key
A Henry
B Oliver
C Rupert
SB pp.34-35
Section B
8 neck
1 a Ask students to look at the pictures without
reading: What ideas do you have about the
story? How does Sue feel in the pictures?
(annoyed) Students read and listen to the dialogue
and answer the questions.
Answer key
Answer key
1 He criticizes everything Sweet Sue does and
suggests something else.
2 They are stolen because he left his door open .
Pronunciation~ 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14

7 a Play audio recording 2.12 for students to
listen
and repeat, as a class. Also invite individual students
to say the pairs of words . Listen carefully and
make sure the differences in sound are clear. If not,
demonstrate and repeat the practice until they are .
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to act out the story.

and tick the word they hear. Check answers .
Optional Extra
In stronger groups, students work in groups to
write and act out another dialogue. Smart Alec
calls the police to report the theft.
Answer key ~ 2.13

1
2
3
4
sat
these
weather
tear
5
6
7
8
some
tree
thigh
mouth
Students close their books. Play audio recording 2.14

once. Ask a student to come and write what was
said on the board . The rest of the class can help. If
they cannot remember or did not hear every word,
play the recording again and again until you have
the full text of the tongue twister on the board .
Students now practise it for a minute or two on
their own, but all at the same time. Then you have
a competition to say who can say it successfully
quickest.
Grammar
Ask students to complete the sentences without

if they were right. Write the rules and the examples
on the board for reference.
Answer key
1 shouldn't put
2 should lock
3
4
might hurt
might not see
Optional Extra
Using should and might, students give you some
advice and say why. For example, You shouldn't
give us homework. We might not do it.
461
Students find Smart Alec's pieces of advice . Check

answers.
Answer key
Possible answers:
You should lock your bag in the boot.
You shouldn't put things on the stairs.
You shouldn't bend over when you lift heavy things.

sentences . Check their answers.
Writing and speaking
Students work on their own to write the sentences.

They then work with a partner to ask and answer
questions about what they have written. (e.g . What
kind of music do you usually listen to?) . They can
then write similar sentences about their partner. If
you have time, you can ask a student from each pair
to talk about the similarities and differences between
the two partners.
Answer key
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
should, might
should, might
shouldn't, might not, might
shouldn't, might not
should, might
should, might

if they were right.
Answer key
Let's take the things that we've bought upstairs.
You shouldn't bend over when you lift things that
are heavy.
b Students go through the text underlining the

other relative clauses and marking it subject/ object.
Go over the answers with the class.
Revision idea
Write these sentences on the board:
You shouldn't speak to people ...

You should always have friends ...
You shouldn't eat food .. .
You should play games .. .
You shouldn't listen to music ...
You shouldn't buy things ...
Students work in groups to come up with ideas
to finish these sentences with a relative clause
and then follow it with a sentence with might!
might not. The winner will be the group with the
most amusing or unusual ideas. For example You
shouldn't speak to people who talk to plants.

People might think you're a cabbage.
SB pp.36-37
Section C
Answer key
Looking after yourself
which you've left on the back of your seat (object)

that are still in the van (subject)
that I've told you (object)
that I saw (object)
Aims of the section To further practise the

language of advice and to introduce vocabulary
connected with health.
Students work on their own to join the sentences .

Grammar Should I shouldn 't (advice). See WB

Unit 3 pp.28-29; WB Grammar summary 3.2;
WB Key TB p.95 .
Answer key
New vocabulary Words connected with healthy

diet and health problems. See WB Wordlist p.77.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
This is the band that/who I like to listen to.

This is the album that/which I like best.
Here's a poster that/which I bought at their gig.
These are the guys that/who play guitars.
This is the girl that/who sings.
These are the autographs that/which they signed .
Here are some of the songs that/which I
downloaded from the Internet.
8 Here's a photo of the friends that/who went to
the gig with me.
Pronunciation
/o/, h:/ and /;m/.
Skills Reading and listening to texts about

healthy eating; giving advice; talking about health
issues and remedies and visiting a doctor.
Context We receive some good advice on
healthy eating, and visiting a doctor with health
problems.
Reading~ 2.16
1 Ask students which
foods they think are healthy.

Do they think eating just vegetables or just protein
is enough for a healthy diet? Ask a few students if
they think they have a healthy diet. Ask why I why
not. Do not spend more than a few minutes on this.
Students read and listen to the texts. Ask students to
say what it is about. (Teenagers speaking about what
they eat.) Ask who has the best and who has the
worst diet. Why do they think so?
Answer key
Best diet: Zoe. Worst diet: Mike.
Students read the texts again and answer the

questions. You could make it a race. Ask them to
do it as quickly as possible and bring their answers
to you for checking. The first student to finish with
correct answers wins. Once you have a winner, you
can check the answers as a class.
Fruit and vegetables should make up another thirty per

cent. You get a lot of vitamins and minerals from fruit
and vegetables.
Your body also needs protein from meat, fish, cheese,
eggs and beans. Between 15 and 18 per cent of your
diet should be protein. Protein is very important for
teenagers, because it's the thing that helps your body
to grow.
Finally, you need some fat and sugar. Fat gives you
energy and provides some important fatty acids, for
example Omega 3. These are things that your body
can't make for itself. However, a lot of fat and sugar is
bad for you, so they should only be about 2 to 5 per
cent of your diet.
4 Zoe
5 Zoe
6 Mike
Using the texts as a model, students write a short

paragraph of what they eat in a typical day.
a Before playing the recording, ask the students to

guess whether the sentences are true or false and
mark their guesses in the book. Play audio recording
2.17 for students to listen and check and correct
their guesses. Check their answers.
~2.17
Everybody should eat a healthy diet- including
teenagers. Here are three simple rules.
2F
3T
4F
ST
6T
7F
8F
Answer key
1 complex carbohydrates
2 fruit and vegetables
3 protein
4 fat and sugar
1T
b Ask a student to describe the chart and what

information it contains. Invite students to tell you
what information is missing from the chart. Write
it on the board and remind students that is what
they have to listen for. Play the recording again for
students to listen and complete the chart. Check
their answers.
Answer key
1 Heidi
2 Mike
3 Heidi
Answer key
a Ask students to look at the texts again and

find the good points in each, according to the
information they heard in exercise 4, to complete
the chart.
Answer key
Possible answers:
Name
Good points
Bad points
Mike
He eats a lot
of protein.
2 You shouldn't eat a lot of junk food, like crisps,

burgers, sweets and things like that. They contain
a lot of fat, salt and sugar.
He doesn't eat
enough vitamins
and minerals.
Heidi
She eats complex

carbohydrates.
She doesn't eat

three proper meals
a day.
3 You should eat a balanced diet. It should conta in

carbohydrates, protein, fat, vitamins and minerals.
Zoe
She eats a balanced

diet of carbohydrates,
protein and fruit
and vegetables.
She eats too

much sugar.
You should eat three good meals a day. You

shouldn't miss meals, especially breakfast. It's the
most important meal of the day.
What is a balanced diet? How much of each thing

should you eat?
Fifty per cent of your diet should be complex
carbohydrates, for example, bread, potatoes, pasta
and rice. Carbohydrates give you energy. Sugar is a
carbohydrate, too, but it's a simple carbohydrate, so it
gives you a quick burst of energy but nothing else.
48]
b Ask students to use the information from

their charts in exercise Sa, to write advice using
should/shouldn't. Ask some students to read their
suggestions. Ask the rest of the class to say if they
agree or disagree with their advice.
Will I have to go to the hospital for that?

Yes, yo u w ill. I'll put it in a sling for now.
SANDRA Thank you.
DOCTOR There. Now take this letter to the hospital and
they'll X-ray it for you.
SANDRA Thank you, Doctor.
SANDRA
Answer key
DOCTOR
Possible answers:
Mike should eat a more balanced diet. He should
eat more fruit and vegetables.
Heidi should eat more. She shouldn't miss breakfast.
Zoe should eat her breakfast cereal without sugar,
and she should eat healthier snacks.
c Students work w ith the partners they worked
with in exercise 3 and give each other advice about
their diet.
2
DOCTOR
RICHARD
DOCTOR
RICHARD
Vocabulary~ 2.18
DOCTOR
RICHARD
a Play audio recording 2.18 for students to listen,

look at the pictures and repeat. Ask students to say
the expressions in their own lang uage.
b Students match the treatments a-g with the

problems 1-7. Remind them that there may be more
DOCTOR
RICHARD
DOCTOR
than one correct answer.

RICHARD
Answer key
Possible answers:
1 d
2 ale
3 b
4 alclg
DOCTOR
5 ale
6 a
7 fig
RICHARD
DOCTOR
RICHARD
DOCTOR
Richard Marshall, please.

Good morning.
Good morning. What seems to be the
problem?
My eye's sore.
Hmm. Yes. It's a bit red . How long has it been
li ke this?
About two days.
Is it itchy?
Yes, it is.
Wel l, I think yo u've got an infection in it. I'll
give you a prescription for some drops and
some tablets. Put the drops in four times a
day and take one tablet twice a day.
Should I put the drops in both eyes?
No, just the eye with the infection.
Will I be able to go to school?
Yes, you wil l. Your eye should be alright in
three or four days. If not, come back and see
me.
Thank you, doctor. Goodbye.
Goodbye.
Answer key
a Ask students about their last visits to the doctor's.

You can ask for further details of problems and
treatments. Write any new words they need on the
board, under these two headings.
Patient 1
Problem: hurt her wrist playing tennis, it is swollen
and painful
Diagnosis: sprained wrist
Treatment: send patient for X-ray and put wrist
in a sling
b Ask the two questions together and check that

students understand what they need to listen for.
Play both conversations in audio recording 2.19 for
students to listen and answer the questions. Check
their answers.
Patient 2
Prob lem: eye is red and itchy
Diagnosis: infection in the eye
Treatment: drops in the infected eye four times a
day, tablets: one twice a day
Answer key
1 Her wrist is swollen and painful.
2 His eye is red and itchy.
c Play the recording again for students to listen and
complete the cards. Check their answers.
~2.19
DOCTOR
SANDRA
DOCTOR
SANDRA
DOCTOR
SANDRA
DOCTOR
Sandra Jones, please .... Hello. What can I do

for you?
Hello. I've hurt my wrist.
Hmm. Yes. It's a bit swollen. Can you move it?
Yes, but it's very painful.
When did you hurt it?
Yesterday. I fell over while I was playing tennis.
1 see. Well, I think you've sprained it, but you
should have an X-ray.
a Students work in pairs to practise the dialogues,

using the cards to remind them what to say. Remind
them that they don't need to use the exact words
from the recording. They change roles after the
first dialogue. Walk around the class checking their
language and helping w here needed.
b Divide the class into four groups. Each group

works with a different picture. Ask them to copy and
complete a card (on a sheet of paper) like the ones
in exercise 7 for their picture. They then use this card
to write the dialogue. They practise the dialogue and
then act it out for the w hole class.
Who helped him and how? (Rosy let him use her
project.) What do the other students think about
Luke and Rosy? (Luke is lucky to have Rosy as a
friend.) Invite students to summarize the story of the
last episode.
Optional Extra
After each group has finished, give its card to two
students from other groups to act out the dialogue
again.
b Before playing the recording, ask students to

look at the pictures and see if they can see anyone
who is tired, pleased, excited and disappointed. The
students listen and read and check if they were right.
Ask them to say why they think the kids feel the way
they do.
Pronunciation~ 2.20
6 a
Write the phonetic symbols on the board and ask

the students to say them, reminding them if they
have forgotten their pronunciation. Ask students
round the class to say each of the words in the list
once. Students now put the words into the table.
Answer key

and check. Play it again for students to listen and
repeat.
Answer key
/o/ drops, problems
h:/ your, more
!'du! swollen, broken, diagnosis, protein
Revision idea
Students write a story with the title: The boy who
ate too much, using these ideas
what did he eat?
e why was it unhealthy?
what problems did he have with his health?
what treatment did the doctor give?
what advice did the doctor give?
what did he do next?
Section D
58 pp. 38-39
Kids: The tickets

Aims of the section To practise expressing
agreement and disagreement.
Grammar So I Neither. See WB Unit 3, pp.30-31;
New vocabulary A chance of a lifetime,
I feel really disappointed, pleased, raffle.
Skills Agreeing and disagreeing; making

comparisons.
Context Lu ke wins four tickets to Wimbledon

but forgets about their work experience.
~2.21
1 a Revise the story so far.
Ask students questions:

What happened to Luke last time? (He failed a
test and had to speak to his form teacher.) What
problem did he have? (He had to show his form
teacher his Geography project but it wasn't done.)
50
Rosy and Anna are tired. Luke is pleased. Luke,

Anna and Greg are excited. Greg and Anna are
disappointed.
Students read the story again to decide whether the

statements are true (T), false (F) or whether the text
doesn't say (DS). Remind students that a statement
should be marked false only if the text explicitly
contradicts it, and true only if the text mentions the
fact. Allow time for them to compare with a partner
before going through the answers. When checking
the answers, pay particular attention to the DS
answers.
Answer key
1T
2 DS
3 F 4 F 5 F 6 DS
7T
8 F 9 DS
~2.22
3 a Ask students which
of the friends they think

wil l go to Wimbledon? Ask for reasons for their
opinions. Divide the class into groups of three or four
and give them two minutes to come up with their
ideas for the next part of the story. Each group tells
the class their ideas. Note the main points from each
group on the board.

the recording.

answer the questions.
~2.22
Wednesday afternoon.
ANNA Here's Greg now.
LUKE
Good. So that's three of us.
GREG
Hi. Hasn't Rosy arrived yet?
ANNA No. I don't think she'll come .
GREG
Neither do I. She wasn't very happy about it.
LUKE
Well, the train goes in five minutes.
ANNA Oh, come on, Rosy. Where are you? Hurry up.
Later.
LUKE
Well, time to go home, I suppose.
NNA
GREG
~OSY
_UKE
~OSY
GREG
NNA
OSY
Yes. That was a great match. I really enjoyed it.

So did I. Thanks a million, Luke. What did you
think, Rosy?
It was fantastic.
Good. We thought you weren't going to come.
Yes, sorry I was late. It was so busy in the
restaurant.
We nearly missed the train.
But we didn't, so it was all right in the end.
Yes. Oh, I'm really glad I came.
Answer key
( ~-1_c__2_b___
3_f__4_a__5__
e __6_d______________
Answer key
1 Yes
2 Rosy arrived last because she was busy in the
restaurant
3 I really enjoyed it. (Anna)
Thanks a million. (Greg)
I'm really glad I came. (Rosy)
Everyday English
4 a
Ask students to complete the expressions without

Answer key
5
6
7
8
for
forgotten
really
chance

1 Oh, I do.
2 Oh, I haven't.
3 Oh, I can.
a Ask students to complete the dialogues without

check their answers. Then read the rule together.
Check their understanding by asking them to
respond to your statements, for example: I'm
speaking English. (So are we.) I'm not in the park.
(Neither are we.)
Answer key
1 So have I.
2 Neither can I.
3 So do I.
b Students look at the examples and work out how

the rule is applied.
Answer key
We use so to agree with a positive statement,
neither to agree with a negative one.
4 Oh, I didn't.
5 Oh, I'm not.
6 Oh, I was.
Students work with a partner to write and act out

dialogues. Walk around the class checking their.
language and helping where needed.
Students work in groups of four to act out the

dialogue from the story. You will need to allow
plenty of time for this activity. You may want to ask
students to listen and repeat after the recording
first so they know the right rhythm and intonation.
As students practise, walk round the class giving
help where needed. Encourage students to practise
story to act out.
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to write, practise and act
out short dialogues using the expressions from
exercise 4.
a Ask students to complete the dialogue with

Greg's missing sentence without looking at the
text, then to look at the story quickly to check their
answer. Explain that his sentence is an example of
how we disagree with something. To check their
understanding, say the following sentences and ask
students to disagree with them: I hate English. (Oh,
we don't.) I don't like weekends. (Oh, we do.) I
can't play the piano. (Oh, we can.) I can speak
five languages. (Oh, we can't.) I watched TV last
night. (Oh, we didn't.) I didn't do my homework.
(Oh, we did.) I've done windsurfing. (Oh, we
haven't.) I have never been to a rock concert.
(Oh, we have.) I'm not happy. (Oh, we are.)
b On their own, students write the sentences to

disagree with the statements. Check their answers.
Answer key
1 looks
2 some
3 part
4 one
Students work on their own to match sentences to

responses. Ask them to check their answers with a
partner before checking the answers with the class.
Pronunciation ~ 2.23 and 2.24
10
a Play audio recording 2.23 for students to listen

and note the stress in the sentences. Ask what
word is stressed (the pronoun at the end). Students
practise the sentences with the correct stress pattern.

and agree. You may prefer to stop the recording
after each statement so students can give their own
response before listening to the response on the
recording to check and repeat it. Pay attention to the
correct stress.
b Play audio recording 2.25. Students read and

listen to the article and complete the text with the
months and years .
~2.24
1
2
3
4
5
6
I like vegetables. So do I.
I can't play cricket. Neither can I.
We've got a computer. So have we.
We didn't go to Wimbledon. Neither did we .
I'll be at school tomorrow. So will I.
I wasn't ill last week . Neither was I.
Optional Extra
Play audio recording 2.24 again (or read the
statements yourself) and ask students to disagree
this time. If you would like to extend the practice
further, after each statement say yes or noindicating where you expect them to agree or
to disagree.

check their answers. Go over the answers with the class.
Answer key
1 May
2 1872
3 March
4 1829
5 1981
6 April
7 1877
8 June
Students copy the chart on to a piece of paper.

Divide the class into four groups, and assign one
event to each group. They then work to find the
relevant pieces of information to complete the chart.
Revision idea
Ask students to work with a partner. They tell
each other 1. something they did yesterday, 2.
something they do every weekend, 3. something
they can do, and their partner gives true answers,
agreeing or disagreeing using so or neither. (e.g.
I went to the cinema. So did I or Oh, I didn't.)
They then find other partners and repeat until they
have spoken to the whole class. Can they find
someone who agrees with all three statements?
Culture
Answer key
SB p.40
Sports events
Aims of the section To discuss famous sport

events in Britain and the students' own country.
New vocabulary Words connected with British

sports events . WB Word list p. 77 .
Skills Reading for specific information and

scanning; talking about sport events in the
students' own country.
1 a
Before reading, ask students to look at the pictures

and first say what sports they show (football, rowing,
running, tennis), then try to identify the famous
events. Accept any reasonable guesses, don't give
away the answer yet. Then ask them to look through
the text quickly to check their predictions and find the
names of the four sports events. Ask students what
else they know about these.
Answer key
FA Cup Final, the Boat Race, the London Marathon
and Wimbledon .
521
Boat Race
rowing
1829
March
River Thames
two crews from
Oxford and Cambridge
Universities
London Marathon
running
1981
April
streets of Lon don
professional runners
and
ordinary people
Wimbledon
tennis
1877
June
Wimbledon
best international
tennis players
Optional Extra
Ask students to close their books again and
collect the papers from exercise 2. Read out bits
of information and ask the students to say which
event it is about, for example Wembley Stadium
(The FA Cup Final), 1981 (London Marathon).
Context We read an article about the history

of the FA Cup Final, the University Boat Race, the
London Marathon and Wimbledon.
~2.25
FA Cup Final
football
1872
May
Wembley Stadium
football teams (usually
from Premiership)
Students read the text again and answer the

Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
FA Cup.
Strawberries and cream .
8.67 miles an hour I 14 kilometres an hour.
A team from the Premiership.
Sixteen (eight in each boat).
Optional Extra
Ask students if they know of any other major UK
sporting events and what they know about them
(for example, the British Open golf tournament,
the British Formula 1 Grand Prix, the Grand
National, etc.) Ask also about other major world
events (for example, The Stanley Cup, The World
Series, the FIFA World Cup, the other tennis Grand
Slam tournaments, etc.) You could ask students to
find out about one of these events as homework.
Students work on their own to complete the chart

for each Vitamin (A. B, C. D and E). When they have
finished, tell them to cover the text. Invite students
to make sentences about each vitamin to check their
answers. At the same time, listen and correct their
grammar if necessary.
Answer key
Vitamin Good for
From
skin and eyes
Ask students for ideas and make a list of important

sporting events in their own country. Each student
chooses one event and makes a table like the one in
exercise 2. They then write a paragraph about their
chosen event, based on the model text.
orange or dark green

fruit and vegetables
(carrots, pumpkins,
peppers, peaches,
spinach), eggs, milk
energy, red
blood cells
bread, fish, meat,

eggs, beans

English across the

curriculum
skin, helps
fight infections,
helps absorb
iron
fruit like oranges,

grapefruit, tomatoes,
vegetables like cabbage,
broccoli, potatoes
teeth, bones,
helps absorb
calcium
sunshine, fish, eggs
liver, lungs
bread, green vegetables,

eggs, nuts, oily fish like
sardines and salmon
SB p.41
Biology: vitamins and minerals

Aims of the section To introduce vocabulary
and facts about vitamins and minerals and their
role in our health .
New vocabulary Words connected with food
chemistry. See WB Wordlist p.77.
\...
Context
minerals.
We read an article about vitamins and
~2.26
1 a Divide students into groups of four or five and
give them two minutes to write everything they
already know about vitamins and minerals. The
group with the most facts read them out. The other
groups add information they have that the first
group didn't include.
b Play audio recording 2.26 for students to read,

listen and compare the information in the text to
their own ideas. Were any of their ideas wrong? Did
they learn anything they didn't know? Did they have
ideas which weren't in the text?
Students read the text again and mark the
statements true (T), false (F) or doesn't say (DS).
Check the answers together.
Answer key
1F 2F 3T
4T
5 F 6 OS
7 OS
8T
./
Optional Extra
Students read the texts about the diets of the
people in Section C (Reading) on page 36 again,
and answer the following questions: Is each
person getting enough vitamins and minerals?
If not, why not? What else should they eat?
Skills Reading for general understanding and

specific information; talking about the vitamin and
mineral content of our diet.
"'
Ask students if they can remember what they had

for lunch yesterday. In pairs ask them to make a
list of the food they ate and decide what vitamins
and minerals it contained. Ask one or two pairs to
feedback about their lunches.
Students look at sentences 1-6 and complete them.

Answer key
1 can store
2 contain
3 carry
Revision
4 make
5 provides
6 absorb
SB p.42
Study Skills
suggestions about how to learn . Ask students to read
the information in the box. Ask each student to make
up ten cards like the ones described. Collect the cards
and mix them up. Divide students into an even number
of teams, with three or four students in each team.
Divide the cards among the teams, giving each team the
same number of cards. Put the teams in pairs to play
each other. The teams try to guess the meanings of the
words on the other team's cards, getting a point for each
correct answer. The team with the most points wins.
Speaking and listening ~ 2.27
Grammar
a Students work with a partner to read the

dialogue. Then they act out the dialogue with
appropriate actions (coming in, looking in throat,
writing a prescription, leaving).
a Students work on their own to combine the

sentences. Check their answers.

and underline the incorrect parts of the printed
dialogue.
Answer key

write the corrected dialogue.
2
3
4
5
That's the bus that I take to school.

My sister is the girl that's got long hair.
That's the computer game that I want to buy.
I'm looking after the dog that belongs to our
neighbours.
6 These are all the things that I eat in one day.
7 My granddad is a man that I admire.
8 I try to follow the advice that the nutritionist
gave us.
d Choose a pair of students to act out the correct

dialogue and check it as they speak.
Answer key ~ 2.27

Good morning. What seems to be the
problem?
My ear hurts.
I see. Well, I'll just have a look at it. Yes it's
a bit red. How long has it been painful?
About three days.
Well, you've got an infection there. I'll
give you a prescription for some drops.
Put them in four times a day.
Thank you.
It should be better in a couple of days. If
not, come back and see me.
Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.
Goodbye.
DOCTOR
PATIENT
DOCTOR
b Students rewrite the sentences using

which/who. Check their answers.
PATIENT
DOCTOR
Answer key
2
3
4
5
That's the bus which I take to school.

My sister is the girl who's got long hair.
That's the computer game which I want to buy.
I'm looking after the dog which belongs to our
neighbours.
6 These are all the things which I eat in one day.
7 My granddad is a man who I admire.
8 I try to follow the advice which the nutritionist
gave us.
PATIENT
DOCTOR
PATIENT
DOCTOR
Language note
Although it is not introduced at this level, sentence 7 in
exercise 1b is an example of a sentence where we could
use the more formal relative pronoun for a person in
an object relative clause: WHOM.
Students work with a partner to act out dialogues

for the two problems, without writing them out
first. They change roles after the first dialogue.
Walk around the class checking their language and
helping where needed . You can ask one or two pairs
to perform their dialogues for the rest of the class.
Your project
SB p.43

a Students use their own ideas to write advice

using should and shouldn't.
New vocabulary Giving examples (like, such as,

for example). WB Wordlist p.77.
b Students work with a partner to compare their

answers, checking each other's grammar as well as
the ideas. Ask some pairs to report back to the class.
Skills
Writing a leaflet.
Context
Answer key
Teenage health.
a Students use their own ideas to write sentences

with might.
b Students work in pairs to compare their answers,

checking each other's grammar as well as the ideas.
Ask some pairs to report back to the class.
Answer key
54
a Write the table on the board, and ask students

what the examples are (iron, calcium and zinc), how
we introduce them (like, such as, for example), what
they are examples of (minerals). Also ask where the
list of examples goes (next to the thing they are
examples of).
b Invite students to the board to write the two

sentences (from the last paragraph of the text on
p.41) and ask the same questions. What are the
examples? (your liver and your lungs, sardines and

sa lmon), How do we introduce them? (such as,
like), What are they examples of? (parts of the
body, oily fish), Where do the examples go? (next
to the thing they are examples of), What goes
before the list? (a comma), Why does the list
have to go next to the thing it is an example of?
(So we know what the list contains examples of.)
c Ask students to scan the text on p.41 again to

find more sentences with examples.
Answer key
fat-soluble vitamins, for example A, D and E and
water-soluble vitamins such as B and C.
orange fruit and vegetables, like carrots, peppers,
peaches and pumpkins, and from dark green
vegetables, like spinach
There are a lot of different B vitamins (such as B2 and
B12).
You get vitamin C from fruit, such as oranges,
grapefruit and tomatoes, and from vegetables, like
cabbage and broccoli.
Before the students write their sentences, check

that they understand what they are going to give
examples of in each sentence. Students now make
sentences using their own ideas as examples. Check
some answers and correct any mistakes, especially
about the positioning of the examples.
Write your project

3 a For more detailed notes on project work see the
introduction to the Teacher's Book page 9. Before
beginning, each student should tell you what topics they
have chosen and agree with you that they are suitable.
Try to ensure that a wide variety of topics is chosen by
the class, to make the class display more interesting and
more useful. Some initial planning will be necessary. For
example, you will need to decide how much time to
devote to the project. Students should think about the
materials they will need (e.g . photos or pictures from
magazines) and where they are going to find them.
b The wall display is both a motivational and a teaching

tool. Review all the leaflets and have the students correct
any mistakes in English before displaying the leaflets.
Encourage the class to read the other students' leaflets
and to learn any new words they find.
Song

The song AIN'T GOT NO (I GOT LIFE) is based on a song
from HAIR, a 1968 rock musical written by James Rado
and Gerome Ragni and composed by Galt MacDermot.
(The musical was also made into a film in 1979 by
Milos Forman.) American singer-songwriter Nina
Simone recorded this version in 1968 with slightly
different lyrics.
~2.28
1 a Ask the students to
read the words quickly

to check for any unfamiliar vocabulary. Elicit the
meanings from other students or encourage
students to look up words in their dictionary. Play
audio recording 2.28 for the students to listen, then
elicit the meaning of ain't got no (=I haven't got
any).
Language note
The form AIN'T GOT NO is an informal slang variation
of I HAVEN'T GOT ANY (or I HAVE NO), used by native
speakers. It is unnatural for non-native speakers to use,
so encourage students to learn to recognize it, but to
avoid using it.
b Play the recording again for students to listen and
complete the missing words 1-12. You may want to
pause the recording after each line to allow time for
students to write down their answers as they're very
close together in the fourth verse.
Answer key
1 head
2 ears
3 nose
4 smile
5 chin
6 lips
7 heart
8
back
9 arms
10 fingers
11 feet
12 liver
2 a
Play audio recording 2.28 for the students to

listen and make a note of words with /o/, /tJ and
/'du!.
b Play the song again for students to check their
answers .
Answer key
/o/: got, nobody
/AI: love, tongue, blood, money
!'dul: no, home, token, nobody, nose, toes
SB p.43
Ain't got no
Test
Aims of the section To review the body parts

vocabulary and vowel sounds /o/, i':J:/ and /'du:/.
Skills Listening for specific information (cloze);

categorizing sounds.
Context
Possessions.
4
Comprehension
Unit overview
Grammar focus Verb+ -ing or infinitive; there's

someone/something+ -ing; see/hear someone+
-mg.
New vocabulary Medieval knights, Adjectives
with -ed or -ing; in a restaurant.
Pronunciation Word stress: verbs; III and /ail;
how many words?
Skills Talking about actions and emotional

responses; asking people to do things; reading and
writing about heroes; listening to sounds.
Topic I Context Heroes in history; witnessing a

burglary; emotions; in a restaurant.
Culture
Art: The Fighting
The Culture page can be studied after Section A or at

the end of the unit.
Section A
SB pp.44-45
King Arthur
Aims of the section To introduce the verb
patterns with -ing and the infinitive.
Grammar Verb+ -ing or infinitive. See WB Unit
4 pp.34-35; WB Grammar summary 4.1; WB Key
TB p.95.
New vocabulary Verbs used with -ing or
infinitive . See WB Wordlist p.77 .
Pronunciation
Word stress: verbs.
Skills Reading for general comprehension;

talking and writing about actions.
words and elicit or pre-teach their meanings. Then

ask students to look at the picture and name the
eight numbered items they see.

Answer key
56]
Arthur: king of the Britons

Bedivere : one of Arthur's knights of the Round Table
Mordred: Arthur's son
Excalibur: Arthur's magic sword
Camlan: the place of Arthur's last battle
Ava lon: the island where Sir Bedivere took the
woun ded Arthur
b Ask students to describe what is happening in the

pictu re . Prompt for more information if you need to:
Who are the people? Why are they there? How
are they feeling? Why?
~2.30
3 Invite students to
read the questions and say what

they think the answers are before reading and
listening. Play audio recording 2.30 for students to
listen, read and answer the questions. Go over the
answers together.
Answer key
1 Arthur defeated his son Mordred, who was killed .
The king was badly wounded and only one of his
kni ghts survived.
2 From the Lady of the Lake.
3 To throw it into the lake .
4 It was so beautiful he decided to keep it.
5 He hid it in the bushes.
6 He didn't believe the knight when he said it fell
into the water.
The Excalibur legend.
Vocabulary~ 2.29
1 a Ask students to read through the list of eight
1
2
3
4
Answer key
Robin Hood , SB p.52

Temeraire, SB p.53
Context
a This is an exercise to develop scanning skills to

find specific information in the text quickly. Tell
students to cover the text. Explain that when you say
'go', they can uncover the text and try to find the
answers as quickly as possible . As soon as they have
the answer, they must raise their hands. The first
student to get the correct answers is the winner.
a sword
a king
a crown
a helmet
5
6
7
8
a knight
armour
a shield
a flag
Optional Extra
Discuss why Arthur didn 't believe Sir Bedivere.
Write their suggestions on the board. Rem ind
them that it was a magic sword, that it was given
to him by the Lady of the Lake, that Sir Bedivere
sa id it just 'fell into the water'. (The answer is that
Arthur expected some magic thing to happen
when the sword was thrown into the lake .)
Optional Extra
Students can work in pairs to write and act out the
dialogue between Arthur and Sir Bedivere when he
comes back from the lake the second time.
Grammar
Students can begin by putting the verbs into the

correct verb lists or they can begin by completing the
sentences from the story and then putting the verbs
in the lists. Ask them to complete the sentences
without looking at the text, and then to check
the text to see if they were right. Ask students to
compare their answers with a partner before you
go through the rules and examples together.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
He stood on the shore of the lake, lifted the sword

above his head and threw it with all his strength out
into the middle of the lake. Excalibur flew through the
air, then as it fell towards the water, something amazing
happened; a woman's arm came up out of the lake
and caught the sword. The arm waved Excalibur three
times in the air. Then the arm and the sword slowly sank
down into the dark waters of the lake and disappeared.
When Sir Bedivere told King Arthur about the arm, the
king started smiling again. 'Ah, the Lady of the Lake,'
he said. Then he closed his eyes and died.
finish, imagine; finished, imagine

promise, refuse; promised, refused
start; started, started
stop, remember; stopped, stopped, remembered,
remembered
c Students work in pairs to tell the story to each

other. For stronger classes, you might assign students
different roles (King Arthur, the Lady of the Lake, Sir
Bedivere, Mordred) and ask them to tell the story as
that character. (You will need to point out that they
can speak from beyond the grave.) Walk around the
class checking their language and helping where
needed. Choose some students to tell their story to
the class.
Optional Extra
Write the four types of verbs on the board:
1 verb+ -ing; 2 verb +infinitive; 3 verb + -ing

or infinitive (same meaning); 4 verb + -ing or
infinitive (different meaning). Ask students to
write the numbers 1 to 10 on a piece of paper.

Dictate ten verbs for students to write and identify
if they are type 1, 2, 3, or 4. For example: stop
(4); hate (3); don't mind (1 ); agree (2); want
(2); decide (2); finish (1 ); remember (4); try (3);
agree (2).

sentences. Check their answers. Pay special attention
to the correct spelling of lie+ -ing (lying) and live+
-ing (living).
Answer key
1 to keep
6 to look
2
3
4
5
7 to throw
8 fighting
9 living
lying
to stand up
to return
seeing
10
to return

6 a Ask students for their ideas about how the Sir
Bedivere legend ended. Make notes of their ideas on
the board. Which idea do the class think is the most
likely? Why?

and compare the story with their own suggestions.
Discuss which of their ideas were nearest to the
ending in the recording and why.
~2.31
The wounded king tried hard to stand up, but he was
too weak. Sir Bedivere hated seeing the king like this, so
he promised to do what the king wanted. He went back
to the lake . On the way, he stopped to get the sword
fro m the bushes.
Students write sentences about themselves using the

cues. Invite students to read their sentences to the
class.
Answer key
a Ask different students to read each word out

loud. Correct stress if necessary. Students then read
all the words out loud together, two or three times.
Then they put the words into the table .

and check their answers. Play the recording again for
students to listen and repeat.
Answer key ~ 2.32

First syllable: finish, promise, offer, listen, happen,
follow
Second syllable: enjoy, decide, survive, remember,
believe, agree, refuse, prefer, forget, imagine, receive
Optional Extra
Students make up a sentence using one verb from
each column and say it out loud, for example I
finished reading the book but I didn't enjoy it.
Check the stress in the verbs.
Optional Extra
Students walk around the class asking and
answering questions to find someone who:
wants to do two things they want to do,
enjoys two TV programmes that they enjoy,
hates doing two thing they hate.
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to act out the scene.
Encourage them to try to learn the dialogue and
act it out without looking at their books.
Revision idea
Write all the verbs from the lists in 4 on separate
pieces of paper. (To do it quickly, you can ask each
student to write one verb each .) Put students into
two teams. Mix up the papers. Each team in turn
takes a piece of paper and makes a sentence using
the verb and -ing or infinitive. If the sentence is
grammatically correct, they get a point. The team
with the most points wins .
Section B
Grammar
3 a
Ask students to join the sentences orally without

see if they were right. Ask students to say how the
sentences are joined (the pronoun and auxiliary
are deleted). Write the first pair of sentences on
the board, then cross out the part to be deleted .
Ask students to do the same with the other three
sentences .
SB pp.46-47
The burglar
Aims of the section To introduce verb phrases
used with the -ing form.
Answer key
There's someone I something + -ing;

see/hear someone+ -ing. See WB Unit 4 pp .36Grammar
There's a car. #'5 stopping by the gate .

There are tw o people. They're looking at our house.
I can see him. He!s opening the window.
I can hear someone. Someone is coming to the door.
37; WB Grammar summary 4.2-4.3; WB Key

TB p.96 .
New vocabulary Words connected with a

burglary. See WB Wordlist p.77.
Pronunciation
Optional Extra
Look at the first pair of sentences again. Ask
students if they can think of a different way to join
the sentences (we can use a relative clause with
which/who or that, for example There's a car
which is stopping by the gate.) Ask them to join
the second and last pair of sentences in a similar
way (There are two people who are looking at
our house. I can see someone who is coming
to the door.)
III and /ail.
Skills Describing a picture; talking about

imaginary scenes .
Context Smart Alec and Sweet Sue are trying to
catch burglars.
1 a Ask students to look at the pictures without
Point out that we cannot use a relative clause in

the third sentence because we know who the
person is (he) .
reading: What ideas do you have about the

story? Who are the people? What are they
doing? How do they feel? Play the recording for
students to read, listen and answer the questions .
b Students look through the story again to find

other examples. Check thei r answers.
Answer key
1 They are trying to catch burglars.
2 They catch Lord Riley.
Answer key
There 's a man taking photographs.
There's a w oman writing in a notebook .
There's a man climbing over the gate now.
I can see a woman standing by the car.
I can see someone climbing out of that window.
Students read the text again and answer the

questions.
Answer key
1 He's seen some people photographing his house
and taking notes and he thinks they could be
burglars.
2 At night.
3 No, the woman stands by the car.
4 Through a window near the front door.
5 He hears someone coming.
6 They handcuff him.
7 Sue sees the real burglar climbing out of the
window, so they check and see they've caught
Lord Riley.
8 To offer Sue and Alec a cup of coffee.
58]
Students work on their own to join the sentences.

Answer key
2 I can feel the sun shining on my face .
3 I can hear Smart Alec cooking somewhere in the
kitchen.
4 There's a phone ringing in Smart Alec's office .
5 I can see him going to answer the phone.
6 There are two people pointing at the kitchen
window.
7 I can smell something burning.

8 There's smoke coming from the kitchen window.
9 I can hear Smart Alec running back to the
kitchen.
10 I can see him throwing a frying pan out of the
window.
Answer key ~ 2.35

lr! minute, ring, promise, window, magic, kitchen
/ar! night, climb, write, might, shine, island, decide
c You can ask students to work individually or with

a partner to write two more words. Check their
answers together, and ask the rest of class to say if
they are correct for each group.
5 a
Tell students this is a memory test. They have one

minute to look at the picture and try to memorize as
much as they can.
Optional Extra
Alternatively, you can do the activity as a team
game. You point to the symbols at random and
the teams try to write five words with the sound.
The first team with five correct words for the
symbol you point to wins a point. The team with
the most points wins
b Students close their books. Explain they have

to listen to someone talking about the picture and
decide if the statements are true or false. Play audio
recording 2.34 (more than once if necessary) for
them to listen and answer. Check their answers.
~2.34
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Revision idea
Divide the class into four groups. Give each group
one of these situations.
a dog runs into the classroom
some of you are served bad food in a
restaurant
two of you are on your way to school when
someone attacks you and steals your homework.
you're at a disco when the electricity goes off
and everything goes dark.
There are three boys cycling .

There are two people sitting on the bench.
There's a brown dog lying under the bench .
There are two people drinking water.
There are four birds flying.
There are two people wearing shorts.
There isn't anyone talking on a mobile.
There's a man reading a newspaper.
There are two cyclists carrying bags.
There's a woman feeding the birds.
Each group makes up a dialogue and acts it out for

the rest of the class. The others watch the action
and write sentences about what they see and hear,
using There's someone+ -ing ... , I see someone
+ -ing ..., I hear someone+ -ing ...
Answer key
1F 2T 3F
9 F 10 T
4F
SF
6T
7F
8T
c Students write ten there is/there are+ -ing

sentences about the picture, then work with a
partner to compare their answers and correct each
other. Walk around the class checking and helping
if necessary.
Section C
Imagination
Aims of the section
-ing adjectives.
Speaking
Students work with a partner. Try to ensure that

each scene is chosen by at least one pair. As they talk
about the scene, students note their ideas. For each
of the four scenes, choose one pair to tell the rest of
the class what they imagine. The other students can
add their own ideas to the description.
a Write the two phonetic symbols on the board and

ask the students to say them, reminding them if they
have forgotten the sounds. Then ask students round
the class to say each of the words in the list once.
Students now put the words into the table .

and check their answers. Play the recording again for
students to listen and repeat.
To revise the use of -ed and
Grammar Hear+ object+ -ing. See WB Unit 4

pp.36-37; WB Grammar summary 4.3; WB Key TB
p.96.
New vocabulary Adjectives with -ed or -ing.
Skills Completing a quiz; identifying sounds;
talking about emotional responses; writing a story.
SB pp.48-49
Context A quiz identifies what personality type

we are, and we re-tell a story in sounds.
Vocabulary
a Ask students to read the speech bubble, then

match the right adjective to each example box. Ask
what we use each type of adjective for. Elicit that we
use the -ed adjectives to describe how people feel
and the -ing adjectives for the thing that causes
the feelings .
Answer key
1 interested
2 interesting
chart. Check answers.
Answer key
-ed
-ing
bored
boring
disappointed
disappointing
interested
interesting
worried
w orrying
amazed
amazing
excited
exciting
rela xed
relaxing
embarrassed
embarrassing
surprised
surprising
frightened
frightening
annoyed
annoying
amused
amusin g
Optional Extra
Ask students to say what type of word we use to
make the adjectives (verbs), then what the root
verbs are for the adjectives in the chart. Elicit
the spelling issues (with bore, amaze, excite,
surprise, amuse, we drop the -e to add the
endings; with worry, we replace -y with -i- to
add -ed, but we don 't change the root to add
-ing; annoy is different from worry because we
pronounce they sound differently) .
c Students work on their own to complete the

sentences . Ask students to read the sentences to
the class. There may be different possible answ ers.
Check their comprehension of the meaning of the
adjectives they have chosen by asking why questions
(for example, if students chooses We had a very
interesting holiday. ask Why was it interesting?).
Answer keys
Often more than one answer is possible:
1 any -ing adjective from table
2 bored
3 boring I disappointing I frighten ing
4 disappointed I worried I amazed I excited I
embarrassed I surprised I annoyed I amused
5 annoying
6 embarrassed
7 interesting I amazing I exciting I amusing
8 boring I interesting I amazing I embarrassing I
annoying I amusing
601
Optional Extra
Write each of the words from the table in 1b on
a separate piece of paper. Students come to the
front of the class in turn . Give them a piece of
paper with one of the words. If they get an -ing
word, they have to tell you about someone or
something who is it, without saying the word on
the paper. (e.g. frightening- He's tall and very
big with mad dark eyes. Every time I see him I
want to run away). If they get an -ed word, they
have to tell you a story that made them feel like
this, again without saying the word on the paper.
(e.g. amazed. I wasn't expecting it to happen,
not at all. I thought I would fail, but I passed.
And I was first in the class.) The other students
have to guess the word .
Reading
2 a
As k students to look at the quiz quickly: Can you

guess what it is trying to find out? Ask students
if they have done quizzes of this type before: What
did you think of them? Did you learn anything
about yourself from them? Elicit or pre-teach any
unfamiliar vocabulary. Tell students to read the quiz
and answer the questions. Tell them that closing
their eyes to picture the scenes might help.
Answer key
b Students compare answers with a partner.

Have they given very similar answers or very
different ones? Ask students what aspect(s) of
personality they think the quiz is about, and why
(optimist/pessimist/ realist).
~2.36
3 a Students check their scores using the
box printed
upside down at the bottom of page 57 . Tell them
they are going to find out what the scores mean by
listen ing to a recording.

to while they read and match the score ranges
to the descriptions. Then ask them to find the
description for their own score. To make a quick
survey of the results, ask the optimists to stand up
and count them. Do the same for the realists and
the pessimists. Record the student numbers on the
board . Ask students if they agree they're in the right
group.
~2.36
Did you score 10 to 14 points? You're a natural
optimist. You always expect the best. However, you are
sometimes careless and you don 't always work hard
enough, because you think everything will be fine. This
can be annoying for other people. Remember, nobody is
lucky all the time .
id you score 5 to 9 points/ You're a realist. You're

appy most of the time, but you know that things don't
alw ays work out, so you aren't surprised or disappointed
; hen things go wrong . You're usually careful and you
o enough work, but you don't worry about things.
J id you score zero to 4 points? You're a real pessimist.
tau usually expect the worst. This means that you
Jsually work very hard, because you don't think you'll
oe lucky. You're often worried about things. But
remember you should try to enjoy life, too.
Answer key
A 0-4 pessimist
B 5-9 realist
C 10-14optimist
Listening ~ 2.37
a Ask students to look at the picture. What is

it? (A haunted house). What do you think is
happening inside? What noises do you think
you will hear if you go in? Write their ideas on
the board. Ask students to look at the list of verbs in
exercise 4b. Check they understand their meaning by
quickly asking students round the class to illustrate
each verb by miming or making the sound. Tell them
they are going to hear thirteen sounds. Play audio
recording 2.37 once for students to listen carefully.
b Ask students to think back to the recording,

then make sentences like the examples to say if they
heard the sound or not. Ask them to compare their
ideas with a partner or in small groups.
c Play the recording again pausing after each sound

and ask students what the sound is, and to make a
sentence about it. Then ask them to compare these
sentences with the ones they wrote in exercise 4b.
Answer key
Possible answers:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11-12
blow: I heard the wind blowing

open: I heard a car door opening and closing.
walk: I heard someone walking up a path .
play: I heard someone playing the organ.
knock: I heard someone knocking on a door.
bark: I heard a dog barking.
open: I heard a large door opening noisily.
say: I heard a strange voice saying 'Come in .'
scream: I heard someone screaming loudly.
run: I heard someone running.
cry/fall: I heard someone crying out then falling
into water with a splash .
13 laugh : I heard someone laughing scarily.
5 a
Lead a discussion in open class. Ask students for

their ideas about what happens in the sound story.
Note their ideas on the board .
b Have a quick show of hands to find out how

students respond to the story. Ask a few students to
give reasons for their answer.
Writing
a Ask students to recall all the things and events

in the sound story. Write these on the board next to
the suggestions from exercise Sa. Ask students to
collect suitable adjectives to describe the things they
recalled. You can ask students to write adjectives on
their own, then compare their lists w ith a partner or
a small group.
b Students write the story, using the verbs from

exercise Sb and the adjectives from exercise 6a. You
may want to set this task as homework, but if you
decide to do it in class, walk round to help w ith
grammar or vocabu lary if needed .
Revision ideas
Students describe a (real or imagined) day when
something very unusual happened to them. They
come to the front of the class and tell their story to
the class, using -ing adjectives to describe details
of the events. Ask other students to use -ed
adjectives to say how they think the storyteller felt
in the situation and how they felt about the story.
Section D
58 pp.SG-51
Kids: The customer
Aims of the section To introduce vocabu lary for

ordering a meal and asking people to do things.
Grammar Could (pol ite requests); would you
mind+ -ing. See WB Unit 4 pp.40-41;
New vocabulary Expressions connected with
ordering a meal. See WB Wordlist p.77.
Pronunciation
How many words?
Skills Using polite expressions; ordering a meal;

asking people to do things.
Context In the restaurant Rosy meets Mr Bent
who saw her going to Wimbledon.
~2.38
1 a Revise the story so far.
Ask students questions:

What did the Kids do last time? (They went to
Wimbledon .) Who got the tickets? (Luke.) Where
did he get them? (He won them in a raffle at his
tennis tournament.) Why were they not able to
go? (They were doing work experience.) Did they
go in the end? (Yes, they did .) How did they get
there? (By train.) How did they feel about their
visit? (They enjoyed it, but Rosy feels guilty now.)
Ask students to summarize the story of the last
episode.
...
b The students read and listen to the story and

answer the two questions.
Answer key
Answer key
1 Mr Bent.
2 At Wimbledon.
2 She is worried that Mr Bent will tell his wife, the
answer the questions. Check their answers.
1 Greg
headmistress, that he saw her at Wimbledon.
The students read the story again and answer the

3 learning a poem
4 see the headmistress
5 2 p.m.
Answer key
1 The last day of Rosy's work experience .
2 He orders a ham salad and a cup of tea . He also
asks for a glass of water.
3 She nearly drops the cup and saucer, because
Mr Bent asks her if she enjoyed the tennis.
4 She was going to Wimbledon to watch tennis.
5 No, he didn't.
6 He was there on business. (His company supplies
strawberries for the tournament.)
7 They were too expensive.
8 Taking time off from her work experience and
going to Wimbledon .
~2.39
3 a Ask students why they think
Rosy is worried, and

what they think will happen now. Ask for reasons for
their opinions. Divide the class into groups of three
or four and give them two minutes to come up with
their ideas for the next part of the story. Each group
tells the class their ideas . Note the main points from
each group on the board .

the story.
~2.39
Later.
Hi, Rosy. What's the matter?
ROSY
Oh, I knew it was a mistake. I knew it!
GREG
What?
ROSY
Luke and his stupid ideas!
GREG
Come on . What's happened?
ROSY
Mr Bent came into the restaurant today. He
knows my parents. And he said that he saw
me at Wimbledon on Wednesday.
GREG
So? What's the problem? Did your manager
hear him talking to you about it?
ROSY
No, it isn't that. But it was Mr Bent!
GREG
Who's Mr ... Oh, you don't mean .. ?
ROSY
Yes, the headmistress's husband.
GREG
Oh, he won't say anything ... will he?
ROSY
Well, he might. Then I'll really be in trouble!
Monday morning .
TEACHER Right. Homework for today is to learn
the poem on page 10 .... Oh, Rosy. The
headmistress wants to see you. Could you go
to her office at two o'clock, please .
GREG
621
Everyday English
4 a
Ask students to match the expressions without

looking back at the story and then read the text to
Answer key
1 to see you here .
2 your tea.
3 careful!
4 on business.
5 afford them.
6 suppose so .
7 your parents for me.
8 was a mistake.
9
Luke's fault!
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to make short dialogues
using the expressions from exercise 4a.

for each expression w ith a partner. Go through their
~2.40
5 a Ask students to complete the
dialogue without
looking back at the story and then read it again to

check. Play it again for students to listen and repeat.
Answer key
ready
get
have
to
Could I
that's
you
c Students work in pairs to make and practise

similar dialogues for ordering food and drinks . They
change roles and practise again. Ask a few pairs to
act out their dialogues to the class. Ask the rest of
the class to note down what the customers order.
Optional Extra
Early finishers can extend the dialogue with other
ideas, for example, the waiter brings the wrong
food, the customer wants something else as well,
the food is cold, etc.
a Ask students to complete the dialogues without

looking back at the story and then read it again to
check their answers. Elicit what structures we use
with could(+ base form) and would you mind
(+ -ing form).
Revision idea
Ask students to work with a partner. Students
ask their partner to help them with problem 1
using the polite expressions they have learnt. They
change roles and repeat for problem 2 .
Answer key
Problem 1: You have lost your mobile phone. You

may have left it at home or in the bus or train
1 Could, take; of
2 Would, bringing; Certainly
Problem 2: You missed school yesterday. You need

to know what you missed and what homework
you have to do.
b Students work in pairs to write dialogues for

each situation using the clues. Walk around the
class checking and helping with vocabulary and
grammar. Ask some pairs to act out their dialogues .
Ask the rest of class to listen and make a note of any
errors. Discuss these later, reinforcing the structures
identified in exercise 6a.
8 a
Play the first sentence from audio recording 2.41

and look at the example together. Make sure they
understand the note about contractions I short forms.
Play the rest of the recording for students to listen and
write the number of words. Check their answers.
~2.41
I'm going out.
Could you open the window, please?
What can I get you?
Do you want to go to the sports centre?
We're going to watch a film.
Could you answer the phone?
We've got a lot of homework.
What's the date today?
SB p.52
Robin Hood
Aims of the section To introduce the legend

of Robin Hood and discuss famous heroes in the
students' own country.
Students work in groups to act out the dialogue .

You will need to allow plenty of time for this activity.
You may want to ask students to listen and repeat
after the recording first so they know the right
rhythm and intonation . Divide the class into groups
of four, and assign the roles . As students practise,
walk round the class giving help where needed.
Encourage students to practise without consulting
their books if possible. Choose a good group to act
out the scene in front of the class . If you do not have
enough time, choose just one section of the story to
act out.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Culture
New vocabulary Words connected with the

legend of Robin Hood (outlaw, sheriff, taxes,
disguise, archer, arrow, bow). See WB Wordlist
p.77.
Skills Reading for specific information (multiple

choice questions); re-telling a story; talking about
heroes or heroines in the students' own country.
Context
We read the story of Robin Hood.
~2.42
1 a Students look at picture and the
name Robin
Hood and tell you anything they know about him.

You may need to point out that there have been many
recent adaptations of the original legend in books,
films and TV series (as the article mentions in the first
paragraph)- but many of these have not been faithful
to the original story. Students may well be discussing
events that took place in one of these modern
adaptations but are not part of the traditional legend.
b Students read and listen to the story. They work
on their own to choose the correct answers . Ask the
students to compare their answers with a partner
before you go through the answers together.
Answer key
2 six
3 five
4 nine
5 six
6 five
7 six
8 four

write the sentences they hear. Check their answers.
( ~~::;~~y
Answer key
1d2c3b4c
Ask students to read the story again carefully and
Answer key
1 in the twelfth century
2 in Sherwood Forest near Nottingham
3 Maid Marian
J
.
Merry Men because they were always happy

and had a lot of fun
5 Little John, Will Scarlett and Friar Tuck
6 According to one legend, because the sheriff
took all his land away. (The sheriff was a cruel
and corrupt man, who put high taxes on people
and threw them into prison or stole their land.)
7 in the place (in the forest) where his arrow landed
~2.43
Ask the class to look at the picture and describe it,

writing their ideas on the board: Do you like the
picture? Why/why not? Is it old or modern?
Is it like pictures painted by artists from your
country? What are the differences?
Students read and listen to the text. How many of

their ideas about the picture were mentioned in the
text? Students read the text again to answer the
questions.
Ask students to give you facts about the golden arrow

and write the key words on the board (e.g. Sheriff,
competition, catch Robin Hood, disguise, won
prize, escaped). Students close their books. Ask some
students to tell you the story of the golden arrow in
their own words using the key words on the board.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
The Fighting Temeraire.

It is the name of the ship in the painting.
JMW Turner.
ln1839.
5 The ship is being taken on its last journey to the
breaker's yard.
6 The painting is in the National Gallery in London .
Optional Extra
Students work in small groups. The Sheriff
of Nottingham is planning the golden arrow
competition, and he is asking people to help him.
Students write and act out the dialogue.
Ask students for their suggestions for their most

famous national heroes. Write the names on the
board. Divide the class into groups. Groups choose
one hero to write about, and pool their knowledge
abo.ut them . You may like to set this as homework
and ask students to do some further research in
books or on the Internet to find out more. Groups
read their stories to the class. Encourage them to
include interesting or little-known anecdotes to
make their stories more compelling.
b Each student then writes a short description of

each thing in the list. Encourage them to write about
their impressions as well as visible details.
c Ask students to speculate on what each thing
represents.
Answer key
Possible answers:
the sailing ship: the end of a beautiful, more
traditional era
the tugboat: the beginning of the new, dirty
industrial era
the sunset: time reaching its end; old age
Optional Extra
Ask the class to vote on their country's Top
5 heroes after they listened to the stories.
Alternatively, brainstorm some categories similar to
the Academy Awards but for national heroes (for
example Best Archer, Most Inspirational King, etc.),
then ask the class to decide on the winner of the
award for each category.
Optional Extra
Students can bring in a copy of their favourite
picture and describe it to the class.
If you have a copy of the DVD, you could play Unit

4 here and give students worksheet 4 on page 125.
4
English across the
curriculum
SB p.53
Art: The Fighting Temeraire (by JMW Turner)

Aims of the section To introduce ways to talk
about a painting, the circumstances of its creation
and how art represents reality.
New vocabulary Breakers' yard, era, industrial,
pull, tugboat. See WB Wordlist p.77.
specific information; describing a picture.
Context We read an article about Turner's
The Fighting Temeraire.
641
a Ask students to find and point to the things in

the painting. Ask them to compare their answers
with a partner.
Students read the text again to identify the changes

and the reasons for them. Check their answers.
Answer key
He changed the colour of the sailing ship from
black and yellow to white and gold to make it
look more like a ghost.
To show the sun setting on the era of old sailing
ships, the ship is painted sailing away from the
sunset, but in fact it was travelling west towards
the sunset.
Optional Extra
With stronger groups, discuss why they think
artists have the freedom to change the way they
show reality to convey a message, and what
they think about this practice. Do they think the
main role of art is to show reality in an artistically
pleasing way or to show thoughts and emotions?
Students work with a partner to make their

statements and make their decisions about them.
Answer key
1 raining
2 using
3 to have
4 to help
5
6
7
8
to go
watch ing
putting
to do
Vocabulary
Students choose the correct adjective in each

sentence on their own. Check their answers.
Answer key
Revision
SB p.54
1 relaxed
2 frightened
3 interested
4 exciting
Study Skills
suggestions about how to learn . Ask students to read
the information in the box. Discuss the advice . How
many students study like this? How many leave it until
the night before? Why do they do it? How can they
change their ways?
Grammar
Write ten sentences describing the picture, saying

what the people are doing. Check the students'
answers with the class.
Answer key
Possible answers:
There are two boys fishing. There is a policeman
pointing at the No Fishing sign. There is a woman
selling ice-cream to a little boy. There are two
people playing cricket. There is a woman taking
photos. There is a dog chasing a ball. There is a
girl sitting on the grass and talking on her mobile
phone. There is a man working with a laptop.
There is a boy lying on the grass and reading a
book. There is a duck standing by the pond.
Students work in pairs. Tell them they have to use

their imaginations to decide what is happening in
their scene. Students describe how they imagine the
scene to their partner. They change partners and
choose a different scene.
Optional Extra
Alternatively, you can play this as game. Students
listen to their partner's scene, then find a new
partner (one of the students who described a
scene) and repeats what they can remember of
the scene described to them. These students
then describe the scene again from memory to
the class, and the student who first described the
scene tells the class about any differences between
their first description and the last one.
Students complete the sentences on their own.

5
6
7
8
surprised
disappointed
amusing
worried
Listening ~ 2.44
Play the first item on audio recording 2.44 and

look at the example together. Play the rest of
the recording for students to listen and write the
requests. Stop after each item to allow the students
time to write. Encourage them to use both Would
you mind and Could you in their answers.
Answer key ~ 2.44

Possible answers:
2 There's someone at the door. (Would you mind
opening it?)
3 I haven't got any money for the bus. (Could you
lend me some money?)
4 I can't find my mobile. (Would you mind ringing
my number?)
5 It's hot in here. (Could you open the window?)
6 The dog needs a wa lk, but I haven't got time.
(Wou ld you mind taking him out?)
Your project
SB p.55

Skills
Writing the story of a hero.
Context
Legends and heroes.
1 a
Students work in pairs to rewrite the sentences

with the correct punctuation.
b Explain the sentences all come from the story of

Sir Bedivere on p.44 and ask them to check their
answers using the text. Correct any errors.
For this project, you can ask students to work with a

partner to check each other's punctuation, using the
rules they wrote in exercise 2.
Answer key
1 'Have you done it?' asked King Arthur.
2 'Yes, Your Majesty,' said Sir Bedivere.
3 The King smiled. 'Tell me,' he said . 'What did
you see?'
4 'Nothing ,' said the knight.
5 The King stopped smil ing. 'You didn 't throw the
sword into the lake,' he said . ' Go back and do it.'
You should also decide how the projects should

be presented . There are options other than the
traditional project book or wall display, for example it
could also be presented as a website.
Holding out for a hero

Aims of the section
hero.
Answer key
1 quotation marks
2 a comma
3 a question mark
Context
~2.45
1 a Ask the st udents t o read
the words quickly

to check for any unfami liar vocabulary. Elicit the
meanings from other stu dents or encourage students
to look up words in th eir dictionary. Play audio
recording 2.45 for t he stu dents to listen to the song
to put its parts in the correct order. Students can
work with a partner or in small groups to compare
their ideas.
1 'Did you enjoy the tennis at Wimbledon?' asked

Mrs Williams.
2 'Yes, it was amazing,' said Greg. 'We saw some
famous players, like Rafael Nadal.'
3 'Really?' said Mrs Williams. 'He 's from Spain,
isn't he?'

and check their solution . Point out th at t he chorus
consists of two parts and the chorus is repeated
three times.
Optional Extra
Students rewrite the dialogue from p.SO as a story
(using said, asked and direct quotations) in which
Mr Bent tells his wife about meeting Rosy in the
restaurant. Students work in pairs to check each
other's punctuation.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
Write your project

introduction to the Teacher's Book on page 9.
Before beginning, each student should tell you who
they have chosen and agree with you that they are
suitable. Try to ensure that a wide variety of heroes is
chosen by the class, to make the class display more
interesting and more useful .
Some initial planning w ill be necessary. For example,
you will need to decide how much time to devote
to the project. Students should think about the
materials they will need (e.g. photos or pictures from
magazines) and where they are going to find them.
66
Heroes.

The song HOLDING OUT FOR A HERO is a song by Bonnie
Tyler that was originally released in 1984 and appeared
on the soundtrack to the film FooTLOOSE. It was
written by Jim Steinman and Dean Pitchford.
Answer key
To review describing a
Skills Ordering a listening text; describing a

person .
4 an apostrophe
5 a full stop
Students work on their own to correct the

punctuation . Remind them to add the necessary
capital letters, as well. Ask some students to write
their answers on the board, and ask the other
students to check and correct them . Elicit the rule
about using capitals (at the beginning of a sentence;
at the beginning of names of people or places; at
th.e beginning of abbreviations like Mr, Mrs, Ms, Dr,
etc. Point out that the abbreviations are often used
with or without a full stop after them).
SB p.55
Song
Students look at their corrected sentences to work

out the rules. Elicit the rules from them, and ask the
rest of the class to comment on or correct these.
g
b
d
a
f
e
7 d
8
9
10
11
a
c
d
a
Ask students to describe the hero, using adjectives

from the song lyrics. To help them with this, you can
ask them to read the words again and underline all
the parts that describe the hero.
Test
Unit overview
Comprehension
Grammar focus Passive voice: present; passive

voice: different tenses.
New vocabulary
a
b
c
d
Pronunciation Past participles; sentence stress:

passive; sentence stress: expressing worries.
Skills Talking about environmental issues; writing

a news bulletin; doing a quiz on the environment;
expressing worries.
Our environment.
Culture
Australia. SB p.64.

hurricanes. SB p.65.
a Ask students to identify the things in the pictures.
Answer key
The environment.
Context
~ 3.2
power stations I pollution

ice caps (melting)
drought
deforestation
b Students look at the article and tell you the

answer. Check they understand what the term
means. Explain that the issue is more complex than
just rising temperatures and that is what the article
will be about.
Science:
Answer key
(
deforestation
---~

unit.
c Give students time to read through the text

and try to guess which words go in the gaps. Then
play the recording for students to read, listen and
complete the gaps. Ask students which word is not
used (pollution ). Check their answers.
SB pp.56-57
Section A
Climate change
Answer key
1 c
Aims of the section To discuss global warming

and biofuels; to introduce the use of the passive
voice.
2 h
3 f
4 d
Grammar Passive voice: present. See WB Unit

5 pp.44-45; WB Grammar summary 5.1-5.5; WB
Key TB p.97.
New vocabulary
Wordlist p.77.
Pronunciation
The environment. See WB
Past participles.
Reading for general comprehension;

scanning; listening for general comprehension;
talking about environmental issues.
Context We read an article about global warming

and listen to a campaigner talking about biofuels.
Vocabulary
Students match the words and expressions to their
meanings, using a dictionary if required. Check their
answers.
Answer key
1d
lOb
2i
3g
4k
Sf
6a
7e
a
k
b
I
Students read the text on their own to find the

information. Check their answers.
Answer key
Skills
6
7
8
9
10
8j
9h
11c
Optional Extra
Ask students to tell you in their own words
why each of these things are significant for the
environment.
- greenhouse gases are produced by cars, factories,

power stations, aeroplanes, deforestation
-forests control global temperatures by taking in
carbon dioxide, and they produce rain
-forests are destroyed for wood for building and
furniture, and to make farms
effects of deforestation include the release of C0 2
into the atmosphere, this leads to more extreme
weather, sea levels rising and coasts disappearing.
Grammar
4 a Ask students to complete the sentence without
see if they were right. Write the active sentence on
the board. Invite a student to come to the board to
write the passive sentence. Ask other students if they
agree. Correct if necessary.
( Answer key
are burnt by
Heat from the sun is trapped by these gases .

A lot of greenhouse gases are produced.
200,000 square kilometres of the world's forests
are destroyed.
trees are cut down
wood is used
the trees are just burned down
Billions of tons of greenhouse gases are released.
20% of all C0 2 is produced by deforestation .
Most of the world's rain is produced by the forests.
b Invite a student to point out and label on the

board the subject, verb and object in the active
sentence. Ask other students if they agree. Correct
if necessary.
Answer key
subject: power stations
verb: burn
object: fossil fuels
a Students work on their own to transform the

sentences. Ask them to compare their answers with
a partner before you go through their answers.
c Invite another student to come to the board

and label the subject, verb and agent in the passive
sentence. Ask other students if they agree. Correct
if necessary. Ask students: What happens to the
subject from the active sentence? (It becomes the
agent in the passive sentence.) and What happens
to the object? (It becomes the subject.) Ask what
word we use to introduce the agent (by) . Ask: When
do we use passive sentences? (When the object is
the most important information.)
Answer key
2 The forests are burnt down by farmers.
3 Most of the world's rain is made by forests.
4 Forest fires are photographed by satellites.
5 Millions of animals are killed by deforestation.
6 3% of greenhouse gases are produced by
aeroplanes.
7 The Sun's heat is trapped by greenhouse gases.
8 Extreme weather is produced by global warm ing .
Answer key
Optional Extra
Divide the class into teams. Say one of the
expressions from exercise 1 (for example, the ice
caps). Each team has a minute to make as many
passive sentences as they can with the expression
(e.g. The ice caps are being melted by global
warming.). Teams get a point for each correct
sentence. Continue with other expressions from
exercise 1. The team with the most points at the
end of the game wins.
subject: fossil fuels

verb: are burnt
agent: power stations
d Ask students to complete the sentences without

looking at the text, and then to check the text
to see if they were right. Invite students to write
the sentences on the board. Ask what is the most
important thing in each sentence (thousands of
articles, the land). Ask them where the agent is in
each sentence (there are no agents) and why there
are no agents (it is not important who does the
things).
Answer key
are written
is used
5 a
Ask students to look at the examples in exercise 4

and complete the rule.
Answer key
the verb to be; a past participle
a Write the word biofue/ on the board. Ask if any

student knows what it means (biological fuel -fuel
made from plants). Draw a line between bio and
fuel. Ask students what other words they know
beginning with bio- (examples: biology, biography,
biochemistry). Do they know the meanings of
these? Ask what the prefix bio- means? (living/life)
Ask students if they have heard of biofuels and what
they know about them. Are they a good or a bad
thing? Why?
b Play audio recording 3.3, more than once if
b Students go through the text and find other

examples of the passive and read them out to the
class. Ask if the examples have agents or not. Ask
why The world's forest ... are vital to the earth's
climate is not a passive form (it is to be + adjective,
NOT to be + past participle).
Answer key
Greenhouse gases ... are released into the
atmosphere.
68
necessary, for students to listen and answer the

questions . Check their answers.
~3.3
OK. Well can we start with a simple
question. What are biofuels?
CAMPAIGNER They're kinds of fuel that are made from
plants, such as palm oil trees or sugar cane.
INTERVIEWER And why do we need them?
INTERVIEWER
PAIGNER
:CRVIEWER
PAIGNER
:CRVIEWER
- 11 PAIGNER
-=RVIEWER
11 PAIGNER
::RVIEWER
-
PAIGNER
M PAIGNER
ERVIEWER
ERVIEWER
M PAIGNER
TE RVIEWER
Because fossil fuels, like oil and gas, are

running out. Also a lot of greenhouse
gases are produced by fossil fuels. People
think that biofuels are cleaner.
And what are they used for?
For most of the things that fossil fuels are
used for- cars, heating and things like
that- mostly cars at the moment.
I see, so does that mean that biofuels are
better for the environment?
No. There are big problems with them.
What sort of problems?
Well, basically, land is needed to grow the
plants, and at the moment most of that
land is used for other things.
I see. What sort of things?
Two things. Firstly, a lot of the land is
used for food. If it's used for producing
biofuels, there won't be enough for
growing food for people and animals.
And the second thing?
Forests. Rainforests are often destroyed to
provide land . Trees are cut down or often
just burnt down. Animals are killed and
people are driven away.
So, you're against biofuels.
Yes, they aren't the answer to global
warming. In fact, they create more
problems for the environment.
Thank you.
discussing any errors. Play the recording again for

students to repeat the words.
c Elicit the rule from the students (an extra syllable

is needed when the verb ends in a -tor -d sound).
Optional Extra
Students make a list of other verbs which need an
extra syllable (e.g. waited, hated, defended).
Revision idea
Divide the class into small groups. Tell the groups
to write five true statements about their class using
the passive voice (for example, Our class is given
a lot of homework) . When the first group has
five sentences, the rest stop. Each group reads out
their sentences and gets a point for each correct
one. The group with the most points wins.
Smart Alec's plan

Aims of the section To extend the rules of
using the passive voice to other tenses; to discuss
environmental problems .
1 Fuels made from plants.

2 Because the world is running out of fossil fuels
and people think they are cleaner.
3 They are used for the same things as fossil fuels,
but mostly in cars.
4 He is against them.
New vocabulary Fake, false, incident, kidnap,

oil tanker, penguin, publicity, release, replace,
whale, wonder See WB Wordlist p.77 .
Pronunciation
a Ask students to read the words out loud to

themselves and mark the ones where they hear
the extra syllable . Do not correct any pronunciation
errors the students make at this stage.
b Explain that you now want to check if their

pronunciation was correct. Play audio recording
3.4 for students to listen and check their answers,
Sentence stress: passive.
Skills Reading for general comprehension;

w rite the reason why the speaker is against fossil
fuels. Discuss his opinions. Do the students agree
with him or not? Why?
Pronunciation ~ 3.4
Grammar Passive voice: different tenses. See

WB Unit 5. pp.46-47; WB Grammar summary
5.1-5.13; WB Key TB p.97.
Answer key
Divide the class into two groups. One group discuss

and prepare their ideas on global warming and
what we should about it. The other group discuss
and prepare their ideas on biofuels and whether we
should use them. Each group presents their ideas to
the rest of the class.
SB pp.SB-59
Section B
Answer key
( __
2._3_._6_,s_._1_o.________________________
listening for specific information (multiple choice);

writing a news bulletin.
Context The detectives prevent a kidnapping but

they get arrested; we hear about an environmental
catastrophe.
Comprehension ~ 3.5
Ask students to look at the pictures without reading.

What do they think the story is about? Students read
and listen to the story and answer the questions.
Answer key
1 The Golden Dolphin award.
2 They couldn't open the door of their van to
kidnap the professor because Alec and Sue
parked right behind it.
Students read the text again and decide if the

statements are true (T), false (F) or if the text doesn't
say (DS). Check their answers. Ask them to find
evidence for their answers in the story.
Answer key
The award will be replaced with a fake.
The event will be watched by millions of people .
Another van's been parked right behind us .
The real Golden Dolphin has been replaced with
this fake.
It hasn't been stolen .
Detectives Sweet Sue and Smart Alec were arrested
last night.
Answer key
1DS
2F
3T
4F
5T
6F
7F
8F
9F
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to act out the story.
Optional Extra
Students transform these passive examples to
active sentences. Check that they use the correct
tenses.
Optional Extra
Stronger students work in groups to write and act
out another dialogue. The police interview Smart
Alec and Sweet Sue after the arrest.
Grammar

if they were right. Write the examples on the board
(the verb be as well as the past participle).
Answer key
1 The award is presented I was presented I will
be presented I has been presented at the Globe
Theatre.
2 The Golden Dolphin is taken I was taken I will
be taken I has been taken to the theatre by last
year's winner.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
is (presented)
was (won)
will be (given)
has been (kidnapped)
b Ask students to tell you which tense each verb

is. Write the correct tense beside each example on
the board. Ask students to change the sentences
to active voice. (They award the Golden Dolphin
every year. Professor Wise won it last year. They
will give it to Doctor Sage this year. They have
kidnapped the real professor. ) Check students use
the correct tenses.
2 The award will be stolen by some criminals.

3 This year the award has been won by Doctor
Sage.
4 The professor's beard was pulled by Smart Alec.
5 The criminals haven't been arrested (by the
police).
6 The show was seen by millions of people .
7 The award has been taken to the bank by Doctor
Sage.
8 It will be kept in a safe (by the bank).
9 The award will be protected by the police next
year.
present simple
past simple
future with will
present perfect
c Ask students to work with a partner to decide on

the correct words for the rule. Then invite a student
to write the rule on the board . Ask the rest of the
class to comment on or correct the rule if necessary.
( Answer key
the verb to be
d Students go through the story again and find

other examples of the passive voice and read them
out to the class. Ask if the examples have agents or
not. Ask students to identify the verb tense in each
example.
70
Students work on their own to transform the

sentences. Check their answers. Ask the rest of the
class to correct any errors if necessary.
Answer key
Answer key
1
2
3
3
Ask students to write the four passive sentences for

each prompt, then compare their answers with a
partner first, then go through the answers with the
class. Ask the rest of the class to comment on or
correct the sentences if necessary.
a Ask students to look at the pictures. What

environmental problems do they show? Elicit or preteach forest fire and pre-teach oil spill. Ask them
to read the questions. What do they think the story
might be? Write their ideas on the board . Play audio
recording 3.6 for students to listen and choose the
right answers. Were any of their ideas correct?
~3.6
Answer key
After an oil tanker sank near the coast of South

America, several penguins were covered by oil. More
than sixty birds were rescued from the oily water and
they were taken to the SOCOBIOMA centre in Uruguay.
There the birds were cleaned to remove the oil from
their feathers. For several weeks after that they were
looked after at the centre. The detergents that were
used to remove the oil also removed the birds' natural
oil, which makes their feathers waterproof, so they
weren't released immediately. Unfortunately fourteen
of the penguins died, probably because they swallowed
some of the oil before they were rescued . Now thirtyeight of the penguins have been returned to the sea.
The others will be kept for a few more weeks because
their feathers aren't waterproof again yet. Then they
will be released, too.
Answer key
( ~--1_c__2_b__3_b______________________

Answer key
1 Near the coast of South America .
2 They were cleaned to remove the oil from their
feathers.
3 The detergent also removed the natural oil so
their feathers weren't waterproof.
4 14 died, 38 were released, the others are being
kept for a few more weeks until their feathers
are waterproof again.
Students work with a partner to write the news

bulletin. You may want to explain that the heading
of a news item are often in the present tense (Oil
pollution damages penguins) while the present
perfect is often used in the main story. (Over sixty
penguins have been damaged as a result of oil
pollution). You could also remind them that if they
say when something happened they must NOT
use the present perfect but the past simple. (Thirty
eight of the penguins were released yesterday)
Walk around the class helping as they write, and
encouraging them to use the passive voice where
appropriate. Invite a few pairs to read their bulletin
to the class.
Pronunciation~ 3.7
a Read the instructions together. Check that

students understand their task and the meaning
of syllable. (You may want to ask them for the
meaning in their own their language.) Play the first
sentence, write the sentence on the board and mark
the stressed syllables together. Play audio recording
3. 7 for students to listen and mark the stressed
syllables in the other sentences.
1
2
3
4
5
The forests are destroyed.

The animals were rescued .
The award's been presented.
The thieves will be arrested.
Fires have been started.
b Ask students to answer the question.
Answer key
The stressed syllable of the main verb (the past
participle) is stressed.
repeat. You may like to ask them to tap their pens
on the desk to help with the rhythm.
Optional Extra
Invite students to recite this poem as quickly as
poissble but keeping the stress. Who can recite it
best?
Our teacher's book's been stolen
Our marks were written there:
!i this book isn't found,
We reallv wouldn't care.
Revision idea
Divide the class into four groups and arrange them
in circles. Give each group a different one of these
topics:
big cars
air travel
nuclear power
whaling
Each group write a passive sentence in the present
tense about their topic on piece of paper. They
pass their papers to the group on their left, who
write a passive sentence in the past tense on the
topic. The papers are passed to the left again, and
the new group write a passive sentence in the
present perfect tense. The papers are finally passed
to the left once more for the groups to write a
passive sentence in the future tense. The papers
are then returned to the first groups, who read
them out to the rest of the class. Ask students if
each sentence is correct, and if not, ask them to
correct it.
Example sentences:
A lot of pollution today is caused by big cars.
These were built with engines that use a lot of
fuel.
A lot of greenhouse gases have been released
from these engines.
New cars will be built with cleaner engines.
SB pp.60-61
Section C
Caring for the environment

Aims of the section To practise reading and
writing about protecting the environment.
Optional Extra
During the discussion, make notes of the most
important ideas on the board. When the discussion
is finished, ask the students to write a paragraph
about caring for animals in danger using the ideas
on the board.
Grammar Giving advice; passive voice. See WB

Unit 5 pp.46-47; WB Grammar summary 5.15.13; WB Key TB p.98.
New vocabulary Definitions; words connected
with saving an endangered species. See WB
Wordlist p.77.
Skills Identifying the author's purpose; reading
for specific information; talking about endangered
species; completing a quiz; writing advice on
protecting the environment.
Discuss the questions as a class. Invite one student

to answer each question and ask if anyone disagrees
or wants to add something. Try to make sure all
students contribute to the discussion.
Vocabulary
Context We read a letter about sav.ing orphan

bears and complete a quiz on green living.
First tell students to find the definition of a cub (a

baby bear) to show them what to do. Students then
match the remaining words and definitions on their
own and check their answers with a partner. Then
go through the answers together.
Answer key
1f 2d 31 4j
10i 11a 12g
Reading ~ 3.8
a Focus attention on the pictures. Ask a student

to describe them. Focus attention on the title. Can
students guess the meaning of orphan?
b Play the recording for students to listen to while

they read. Ask what the writer wants.
He wants money for the bear orphanage.
9h
a Give students time to read the quiz on their own

and mark their answers.
~3.9

and check their answers. Which pair had the most
correct answers? Check all answers.
~3.9
Answer key
Yuri: a young brown bear
Valentin Pazhetnov: the professor who runs the
bear orphanage
Fred O'Regan: the writer of the letter
The Russian Bear Orphanage: the place where they
care for bears who have lost their mothers
Bryansk: the location of the nature reserve where
the bears are sent to after the orphanage
Allow plenty of time for students to read the text
again, and to discuss the questions with a partner.
Go through their answers together.
Answer key
2 F 3 F 4 DS
8b
Optional Extra
For further practice of the passive voice, ask students
to underline the examples of the passive in the quiz.
Ask them to identify what tense each verb is in.
Answer key
1T
7e
b Students work with a partner to compare their

answers, choosing one answer for each question
together if they do not agree.
The text is about looking after baby bears whose

mothers have been killed.
6k
Speaking and listening
Answer key
c Students read the text again and find who or

what the names refer to. They should try to do this
as quickly as possible and put their hands up when
finished. The first student finished with correct
answers is the winner.
5c
5 DS
6T
7 F 8 DS
Here are the answers to the quiz .

1 How much energy is saved when an aluminium can
is recycled?
The answer is b: enough to run a TV for 3 hours.
Aluminium is one of the best things to recycle, because
huge amounts of electricity are used to make new
aluminium. Up to 95% of that energy is saved when a
product is made from recycled aluminium.
2 How many trees were saved in Boulder County in
one year?
The answer is c. When the people of Boulder County,
Colorado, recycled their paper they saved 500,000
trees in one year. That's half a million trees that weren't
cut down. And it's also a huge amount of rubbish that
wasn't dumped, too.
-low much water is used by an average family of

: _, in one day?
--2 answer is a: 800 litres. Almost three quarters of
-~~ (74%) is used in the bathroom. You may thin k that
= ng water isn't important if you live in a country that
==:s a lot of rain, but a lot of energy is used to collect,
_::an and pump water to homes, factories, etc. So if
_J save water, you save energy.
Section D
Kids: Rosy is worried
Aims of the section

expressing worries.
How much of a modern car is recyclable?

In fact you can recycle more than 75%
::a modern car. So it isn't all bad news.
New vocabulary Words connected with

expressing worries and reassuring people. See
WB Word list p. 78.
: How much energy is used by an electrical appliance,

:_ch as a computer or TV, when it's on standby?
--e answer is b: up to 25% of the energy it uses when
-::s switched on . And the average family has up to 12
::::>pl iances on standby at any one time. That's a lot of
:: ectricity which is wasted . In a country like Britain that's
:: the electricity that is produced by tw o power stations
a year. So, if you aren't using it, switch it off.
Answer key
To introduce ways of
Grammar Passive voice . See WB Unit 5, p.51;

WB Grammar summary 5.1-5.13; WB Key TB
p.98 .
--e answer is c.
- How is most petrol wasted in a car?

- he answer here is a. If you drive over 100 kilometres an
our, more petrol will be used per kilometre. However,
::>ro bably the best answer to this question is: most petrol
s w asted by using the car when you don't need to.
Valk, cycle or use public transport as much as possible.
SB pp.62-63
Pronunciation
w orries.
Sentence stress: expressing
Skills Reading for general comprehension ;

talking about worries .
Context Rosy has to see the headmistress, and
she confesses about the trip to Wimbledon.
~3.10
~~-1_b__2_c___3_a__4__c__5__
b __6_a______________~
a Revise the story so far. Ask students questions:

What happened to Rosy last time? (She met Mr
Bent w ho had seen her at Wimbledon. ) Why did
that worry her? (He is the headmistress's husband,
so he might tell her.) Invite students to summarize the
story of the last episode in their own words.
b Before playing the recording, ask students to look

at the pictures: What do you think is happening?
How does Rosy feel? Play the recording for
students to listen, read and answer the questions.
b Students work in pairs all small groups. Play the

recording again for them to listen and makes notes
of ideas for protecting the environment. Then each
group writes six sentences with their advice.
Answer key
Answer key
Possible answers:
You should recycle all aluminium cans.
You should use recycled paper.
You should save water in the bathroom.
You shouldn't leave your computer on standby.
You shouldn't drive fast.
Revision idea
Ask students what they think are the most
important dangers to the environment and make
a list on the board . Divide class into groups.
Each group writes some advice on one of these
dangers. Help with any vocabulary if necessary or
ask students to use a dictionary to look up any
unfamiliar words.
1 She's worried because the headmistress wants

to see her.
2 She thinks Mr Bent told the headmistress that
she w ent to Wimbledon instead of doing her
work experience.
Students read the story again and decide whether

the statements are true (T) or false (F) or doesn't say
(DS). Allow t ime for them to compare with a partner
before going through the answers. When checking
the answers, pay particular attention to the DS
answers .
Answer key
1 OS
2T
3 F 4 F 5 OS
6T
7 OS
~3.11
3 a Ask students what they think will
8T
happen to
Rosy? Will she tell about the others too? Ask for
reasons for their opinions. Divide the class into
groups of three or four and give them two minutes
to come up with their ideas for the next part of the
story. Each group tells the class their ideas. Note the
main points from each group on the board.

the recording.
Optional Extra
using the expressions.
~3.11
MRS BENT So, you told the restaurant manager that
ROSY
MRS BENT
ROSY
MRS BENT
ROSY
MRS BENT
ROSY
MRS BENT
ROSY
MRS BENT
ROSY
MRS BENT
you were ill, so that you could have the

afternoon off.
Yes, Miss.
And you went to Wimbledon to watch
the tennis, but you were seen there by my
husband.
Yes, that's right, Miss.
Well, I must say that I'm very disappointed,
Rosy. You're a good girl and you've worked
very hard this year.
Yes, Miss. I know and I'm very sorry.
But, in fact, Mr Bent hasn't said anything to
me about this.
Oh? So you didn't know about Wimbledon
and ...
No, I didn't. I wanted to see you about
something else.
Oh.
You see. You were chosen by all the teachers
to receive the School Prize for this year.
The School Prize? Me? But .. .
Yes, but we don't normally give the prize to
people who do things like this, Rosy. I'll have
to think about this again.
5 a
Ask students to look at the pictures and see if

they can find the expressions in the Kids story to
match the pictures. Give them time to compare ideas
with a partner before checking
Answer key
1 My legs feel like jelly.
2 I've got butterflies in my stomach .
3 I'm really nervous.
4 My hands are shaking.
S I feel sick.
6 My heart's pounding .
b Discuss how students express being worried in

their ow n language. Compare their answers with the
English expressions. What is similar and what is
different?
c Ask students to find what Greg says to Rosy

to make her feel better. (Don't worry. It'll be all
right. ) Ask for other expressions that could be used
(for example just relax, stay cool, it's nothing,
you'll be fine). Write these on the board for
students to copy.
Optional Extra
Tell student to close their books but leave the
expressions on the board. Go round the class
asking one student to use one of the expressions
from exercise Sa to say he/she is worried, and
the next student to respond with one of the
expressions from the board. When you are halfway
round the class, rub the expressions off the board
and continue.
answer the questions.
Answer key
1 She's disappointed because Rosy doesn 't usually
do things like this.
2 No, she didn't.
3 She was going to tell her she had been chosen
to win the School Prize .
4 She is going to think about the prize again .
6 a
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to write a dialogue of a
meeting where Rosy tells the other kids about her
talk with the headmistress.
Students work on their own to match situations

to the problems. Check their answers.
~2b
7
1 feel
2 worry
3 be
4 'm
s stay
74
6 for
7 be
8 on
9 do
10 at
3f
4c
Sa
6e
b Read the example together. Students work with a

partner to write the dialogues. Walk around the class
helping where needed. Invite a few different pairs to
act out some of their dialogues.
a Ask students to complete the expressions without

Answer key
Answer key
Everyday English
- -
~-
Students work in groups to act out the dialogue. You

will need to allow plenty of time for this activity. You
may want to play the recording again for students
to listen and repeat first so they know the right
rhythm and intonation. Divide the class into groups
of four, and assign the roles. As students practise,
walk round the class giving help where needed and
encouraging appropriate rhythm and intonation.

Encourage students to practise without books if
possible. Choose a good group to act out the scene
in front of the class. If you do not have enough time,
choose just one section of the story to act out.
Answer key
1 Aborigines; criminals from Britain
2 southern land
3 the largest city: Sydney; the outback: a large dry
area of land, 90% of the country; a flying doctor:
a doctor who comes to you by plane; the capital
city: Canberra; the School of the Air: teaching by
phone, radio and internet; the national game :
cricket
Pronunciation~ 3.12

and mark the stressed words. Invite different
students to read out the sentences, making sure
that they stress the correct syllables. Ask the other
students if they can hear which words are stressed
and if they are correct.
Answer key
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
two explorers: Abel Tasman , Captain James Cook

eight kinds of animals: kangaroo, koala, platypus,
poisonous snakes, spiders, saltwater crocodiles,
sharks, poisonous jellyfish
five things that Australian farms produce: meat,
fruit, vegetables, wool and wine
four kinds of metal that are found there : gold,
silver, iron, copper
My~ feel like lflly.
What
-
if I -fail?
I can't eat a thing .
My hands are shaking .
I've got butterflies in my stomach .
I'm really nervous.

and repeat.
b Divide class into three groups. Assign one of

the three topics to each group . They list all the
information they can find in the text about their
topic. Now reassign the topics so that each group
has a new topic. The groups write five questions
about their new topic on a piece of paper. Tell
students to close all books. Each group asks their
questions about their second topics and the gro_up
who found the information for the topic try to
answer. The group which gets the most correct
answers wins.
Revision idea
Each student thinks of something that they are
worried about (for example a school test they
haven't studied for). They work in pairs. They tell
their partner about their worry and the partner
tries to reassure them.
Culture
SB p.64
Australia
Aims of the section

Australia.
To introduce facts about

New vocabulary Words connected with life in

Australia. WB Wordlist p.78.
English across the

curriculum
Skills
Science: hurricanes
Reading for specific information; scanning.
Context
Aims of the section

about hurricanes.
We read about Australia.
What do you know about them? Ask students

to write their five facts and compare them with a
partner. Ask each pair to read out their facts and
note them on the board . Does the class agree that
all the facts are correct?
b Play the recording for students to read and listen
and compare the information with what is on the
board. Discuss the differences.
Students read the text again carefully and answer
the questions. Go over answers with the class.
SB p.65
To present information
New vocabulary Words connected with the

formation of tropical storms . See WB Wordlist
p.78.
~3.13
1 a Ask students to identify the things in the pictures:
Students read the text on their own to find the

information . Check their answers .

specific information; talking about hurricane
formation .
Context
We read an article about hurricanes.
Ask students to look at all three pictures and

describe them to you. Prompt if necessary for more
information, for example What is happening?
Why? Ask students for any information they know
about hurricanes . Have you heard any news
reports about them? Where do they happen?
~3.14
2 Students read
Answer key
and listen to the text and compare

with the information they talked about. Discuss the
differences. Were any of their ideas wrong? Was
there any information they didn't know? Did they
have ideas which weren't in the text? Students then
Answer key
1 are transported
2 is carried
3 are polluted
4 are killed
5 are taken
6 are caught
7 are thrown away
1 A hurricane is a storm in the Atlantic Ocean,

a typhoon (or cyclone) is a storm in the Pacific
and Indian Oceans.
2 late summer.
3 They are pulled by the rotation of the Earth .
4 Winds over 220 km/h can damage buildings,
trees, bridges and power lines; the wind causes
2
3
4
5
5 The Caribbean islands and the coasts of Central

and North America .
6 There will be more hurricanes.
Students work on their own to match the text to the

numbers in the diagram . When they have finished,
tell them to cover the text. Invite students to use
the diagram to explain how hurricanes are formed.
Listen and correct their grammar if necessary.
Answer key
a3 b1 c5 d2
Ask students to do some further research on

hurricanes. With stronger groups, ask them to do
this individually, otherwise the research stage could
be done with a partner or in groups. Students use
the information they gathered to write a paragraph
about how hurricanes are named.
Revision
e4
SB p.66
Study Skills
76
Students work on their own to complete the text

with the correct verbs. Check their answers. Elicit
the rule for making passive sentences in the present
simple (is I are and the past participle).
was damaged
were killed
were destroyed
were blown down
6
7
8
9
was sent
were given
was used
were built
Students rewrite the sentences using the passive.

Check their answers. Elicit the general rule for
making the passive form (the verb to be in the
correct tense and the past participle).
Answer key
2 Electricity is wasted by computers on standby.
3 Many cities will be destroyed by higher sea levels.
4 The global environment has been damaged by
deforestation.
5 Forest fires have been caused by drought.
6 The city of New Orleans was flooded by
Hurricane Katrina.
7 Many buildings were blown down by
strong winds.
Vocabulary

suggestions about how to learn. Ask students to read
the information in the box. Tick the three things which
are most important for them. Ask them to add one
other idea. They walk around the class talking to other
students looking for someone who has ticked the same
three items. Discuss the extra ideas as a class. Are they
helpful to everyone?
Grammar
10 are built
11 is used
12 is produced
13 is pumped
Students work on their own to complete the text

with the correct verbs. Check their answers. Elicit the
rule for making passive sentences in the past simple
(was I were and the past participle).
Answer key
1 was hit
fioodsnearthecoa~s.
8 are trapped
9 are dumped
Students work in groups. Demonstrate the game.

Give them the letter hand ask for something
connected with weather beginning with h
(heatwave), an animal beginning with h (horse), an
environmental problem beginning with h (hurricane)
and a thing associated with Australia beginning with
h (Harbour Bridge). Give different letters for the
students to think of the words. Suggested letters
to use are c, p, g, r, h. Check the two-minute time
limit. Check the answers after each letter.
Listening ~ 3.15
a Read the dialogue with the students and check

they understand it. Play audio recording 3.15 for
students to listen and underline the incorrect parts
of the dialogue.
2 a
Ask students to read the Australia text on SB p.64

and write a topic for each paragraph .
Answer key
We've got a History test today.
How do you feel?
I'm really nervous. What if I can't remember
anything?
Don't worry. It'll be OK.
I hope you're right.
b Students compare their topic ideas with their

partners and agree on the best idea. Check their
answers together.
Answer key
Possible answers:
1 When was Austral ia discovered and who live
there?
2 Who were the first immigrants in Australia?
3 What kind of animals live in Australia?
4 Which Australian cities are famous?
5 What is life like in Australia?
6 What natural resources has Australia got?

write the corrected dialogue .
Answer key ~ 3.15

We've got an important match today.
How do you feel?
My hands are shaking. What if we lose?
Don't worry. Just stay cool.
That's easy for you to say.
Write your project
3
Optional Extra
Ask students to replace the underlined parts of the
dialogue from exercise Sa with their own ideas,
using expressions they learned in SD.
Your project
Each student should tell you which topics they have

chosen. Encourage students to choose a variety of
different topics. Discuss possible topics and suggest
which ones you think are most appropriate.
SB p.67

Skills Organizing a text: identifying the topic of a
paragraph; making a poster.
Context
Environmental problems.

1 a Ask students what the letter in lesson 5C was
about (saving orphan bears). Elicit any details they
can remember. Then give students enough time to
read the text again on SB p.60 and think carefully
about the paragraph topics. Check their answers.
Answer key
(
1c
2e
3b
4a
Sd

introduction to the Teacher's Book page 9.
If students chose a local topic, they can interview

people about the problem as part of their research.
They should think of the questions that they are
going to ask in English even if they ask them in
their own language. They may also use the Internet
for research, especially with more global issues .
Also encourage them to look at current newspaper
and magazine articles to make their project more
relevant.
Students w rite their posters. Point out that they do
not need to include as much detail as the leaflet on
SB p.60- it is more important for posters to be eyecatching and effective than giving a lot of detail.
b Exchange ideas about the ordering of paragraphs

with the students, in their own language if
necessary. Guide students to realize that the
text begins with the description of Yuri and the
description of his mother's death to attract the
reader's attention and evoke sympathy. The writer
then talks more generally to show that this is not
an isolated problem. The fourth paragraph tells the
reader that something can be done to help orphan
bears, and the letter concludes by involving them
directly- their money is needed.
Discuss ways of making the poster effective, e.g.

by addressing readers directly, and arousing their
interest and sympathy. Get students to make a plan
with a topic heading for each paragraph. Discuss
their plans with them before they begin to write the
text.
Display the finished posters on the wa ll. The wall
display is both a motivational and a teaching tool.
Review all the posters and have the students correct
any mistakes in English before displaying them .
Encourage the class to read the other students'
posters and to learn any new words they find.
Song
SB p.67
Big yellow taxi

Aims of the section
hero.
To review describing a
Skills Ordering a listening text; describing a

person .
Context
Heroes.

BIG YELLOW TAXI is a song originally written and
performed by Joni Mitchell in 1970. She once said about
the writing of the song in an interview: 'I wrote BIG
YELLOW TAXI on my first trip to Hawaii. I took a taxi
to the hotel and when I woke up the next morning, I
threw back the curtains and saw these beautiful green
mountains in the distance. Then, I looked down and
there was a parking lot as jar as the eye could see, and
it broke my heart. .. this blight on paradise. That's when
I sat down and wrote the song.'
~3.16

meanings from other students or encourage students
to look up words in their dictionary. Play audio
recording 3.16 for the students to listen to the song
to identify the environmental problem it describes.
Answer key
Nature is disappearing because every available space
is taken over by parking lots for cars.
Ask students to read the words again and find the

examples of short forms in the text. Ask them to
say what these are short for. Explain that in informal
language, many words are often pronounced more
quickly and some bits of the words are left out. Elicit
if the same thing happens in the students' language
when they speak among friends .
Answer key
parkin': parking
'em: them
wanna: want to
givin' : giving
cuz: because
Test
78
(The lion.) Who does he say it to? (The antelope.)

Find out if the students agree with the advice. Why
wasn't the monkey a good friend? (Because he
left the antelope in danger, after the antelope had
helped him.)
Unit overview
Grammar focus
First conditional; time clauses.
New vocabulary Relationships; phrasal verbs;

verbs and abstract nouns.
Pronunciation
Answer key
/v/ and /w/; similar words.
You should choose your friends more carefully.
Skills Giving advice; talking about plans;

talking about teenagers' problems with parents;
expressing purpose; listening to advice and
intentions; writing a letter and a reply for a
problem page.
Context Relationships: friends and the

generation gap.
Culture
Volunteering. SB p.76.

European Union. SB p.77.
Citizenship: the
The Culture section should be studied at the end of the

unit.
pp.68-69
Section A
3 a
Explain the phrasal verb structure of verb (sit) +

particle (down). Write the present tense I sit down
on the board and ask students to give you the other
tenses, past simple (I sat down), present perfect
(I have sat down), past continuous(/ was sitting
down), future with will (I will sit down). Ask them
which part of he phrasal verb changes (the verb).
Ask for examples of each tense for run away.
Aims of the section To introduce the first

conditional and practise ways of giving advice.
Grammar First conditional. See WB Unit 6,
pp.54-55; WB Grammar summary 6.1; WB Key
TB p.99.
New vocabulary
p.78.
Phrasal verbs. See WB Wordlist
b Read the story out loud and ask students to shout

stop at each phrasal verb. Write the phrasal verb on
the board.
Skills Ordering events; re-telling a story; giving

advice.
An animal tale of friendship.
Comprehension
Answer key
~ 3.17
1 a
Focus attention on the first picture, to elicit the

names of the animals (a monkey, an antelope, and a
lion). If students can't name them, tell them to find
the names in the story. Students read the story to
put the pictures in order.
Optional Extra
Students write a sentence or a brief paragraph
beginning A good friend ... It should be their
definition of a good friend. Ask some students to
read out what they have written. What do other
students think about the definitions? Summarize
the top three or five requirements for a good
friend according to the group on the board.
Vocabulary
Friends
Context
Ask students to cover the story with a piece of paper

so the pictures remain visible. Students work in pairs
to tell each other the story using the pictures as
prompts. Walk around the class listening and helping
where needed.
Answer key
b, d, a, c
~-~
b Ask students to write down what they think the

lion said. Play audio recording 3.17 for students to
listen to while they read the story again and hear
the ending. Check their answers. Explain what the
moral of a tale is (the message of the story). Ask
students to find the moral in the story. Who says it?
walk along
wear (sb) out
climb on(to)
look after (sb)
walk on
come to
jump down
sit down
eat (sg) up
leave (sb) alone
find out
get on
hurry up
catch up with
think of
give up
run out of
jump up
run away
lie down
look up
walk up to
bend down
walk away
come down
stand up
c Ask what each verb means. Students look up the

unfamiliar verbs in a dictionary. Record the meanings
of any new verbs on the board.
Language note
You may like to point out the difference between the
phrasal verbs GIVE UP (not literal meaning) and JUMP
UP (literal meaning). Explain that non-literal meanings
of phrasal verbs just have to be learned.
Answer key
2 If I don't move, perhaps he'll think that I'm dead.
3 If the lion is hungry, he'll eat me.
4 If the monkey stays in the tree, the lion won't be
able to get him.
5 If the lion attacks me, the monkey won't help me.
6 If the lion doesn 't eat me, I' ll tell everyone about
that selfish monkey.
7 If that monkey feels tired in future, I won't help
him .
8 If I need help, I won 't ask the monkey.
Optional Extra
Write all the phrasal verbs on separate pieces of
paper and give one to each student. You make
up the first sentence of a story and write it on
the board. (e.g. /looked after my uncle's dog
yesterday.) Go round the class asking students
in turn to add a sentence to the story using the
phrasal verb you gave them.
Optional Extra
What is the lion thinking? Tell students to write a
sentence beginning If I catch the antelope, ...
Grammar
a Tell students to cover page 68 and try to

reconstruct the sentence from memory. They can
then check their answers with the story. Write the
completed sentence on the board. Remind students
if necessary that a clause is a part of a sentence
which contains a verb, then complete the rule.
Listening and speaking
~3.18
6 a Ask different students to describe each
picture .
Take the opportunity to revise further phrasal verbs,
e.g. fall asleep, trip over, put down, etc.
Answer key
If that lion catches us,
(if clause)
Answer key
he'll eat us up .
(main clause)
b Ask students to look at the example again and

work out the rule about tenses. Invite a student to
tell you the rule, and the rest of the class to check
and correct it if necessary.
b Play audio recording 3.18 for students to match

the pictures to what they hear.
~3.18
Answer key
We use the present simple in the if clause and the
future with will in the main clause.
2
3
4
c Students look back at the story and underline

further examples of first conditional sentences .
Go through the answers, drawing attention to the
negative form won't.
5
6
Answer key
1 e
Answer key
If you climb on my back, I'll carry you.
If I need anything, you'll look after me.
If he isn't hungry, he'll leave us alone.
I won't be able to run very fast if you're on my back.
He won't get us if we climb th is tree.
Tell students to complete the sentences and compare

their answers in pairs. Then go through the answers
together.
If you don 't look after your mobile, someone will

steal it.
If you don't study, you'll fail the test.
If you don't eat breakfast, you'll be hungry.
If you leave your computer on standby, you'll use
more energy.
If you leave your bag on the stairs, you'll trip over it.
If you go to bed late, you'll be tired in the morning.
2 b
3 d
Students use the pictures to give each other advice

using first conditionals. Walk around the room
listening and checking. At the end, go through each
pair of pictures with the class and ask what the best
advice is.
Answer key
Students' own answ ers.
80
f
5 a
6 c
Optional Extra
Students work in groups to act out the scene.
Encourage them to try to learn the dialogue and
act it out without looking at their books.
Revision idea
In turn, students give a piece of advice to each
other, beginning If you ... Start the activity by
giving some typical teacher advice to a student,
e.g. If you study hard, you'll pass your exams.
Tell students not to repeat anything they have
already heard from another student. To make the
task more challenging, do not go round the class
as they are seated but point each time to the next
student to continue.
Section B
Grammar
Answer key
SB pp.70-71
1 As soon as I finish these e-mails, IJl...gQ to the

travel agency.
2 We'll finish all our work before we leave .
3 After we check in, I'll have a game of golf.
4 IJl...gQ and sit by the pool whi le you do that.
5 We'll have dinner when I get back.
We need a holiday!
Aims of the section To talk about going on
holiday and other plans; to introduce time clauses.
Grammar Time clauses. See WB Unit 6, pp.56-57;
b Invite students to the board to underline the time

clauses. Ask how they can tell them (because of the
time expression at the beginning) . Make a list of the
time exp ressions used (as soon as, after, before,
while, when).
New vocabulary Time clauses; words

connected with travelling for holidays . See
WB Wordlist p.78.
Pronunciation
Skills
/v/ and /w/ .
Talking about plans; multiple matching.
Answer key
Context Sweet Sue and Smart Alec go on

holiday to get away from detective work.
1 As soon as I finish these e-mails, I'll go to the

travel agency.
2 We'll finish all our work before we leave.
3 After we check in, I'll have a game of golf.
4 I'll go and sit by the pool while you do that.
5 We'll have dinner when I get back .

see if they were right. Invite students to write their
answers on the board.
Ask students to look at the pictures without reading

the story: What ideas do you have about the
story? Who are the people? What are they
doing? How do they feel? Students read and listen
to the story to answer the questions.
c Ask students to look at the examples and work

out the rule. Elicit the rules from a student, ask the
rest of the class to check and correct it if necessary,
then write it on the board.
Answer key
Answer key
1 They go to Las Vegas.

2 A Detectives' Convention.
in time clause: present simple

in main clause: future with will
Students read the story again and answer the

questions. Check they understand the meaning of
convention, which is a false friend in this sense in
many languages. (It means meeting/conference
here not tradition.)
d Ask students to translate the example sentences

into their own language and discuss the tenses they
use: Are they different from English? If they
are, point out that they must be careful with these
clauses in English because it is easy to make
a mistake.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
They are really tired.

They want to forget about detective work.
No, she goes to the travel agent.
On Friday.
They finish all their work.
For two weeks.
The hotel was full, they got the last two rooms.
Smart Alec wants to play golf, Sweet Sue wants
to sit by the pool.
9 There is a detective convention there.
Language note
You may want to stress that this rule for time clauses
applies only to the future. For example:
future: I'LL DO MY HOMEWORK AS SOON AS I GET HOME.
all the time: I DO MY HOMEWORK AS SOON AS I GET
HOME.
past: I DID MY HOMEWORK AS
SOON AS I GOT HOME.
Students work on their own to make the sentences.

c Students work on their own to make the
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
sentences. Go through the answers with the class.
Before I go out, I'll do my homework.

We'll go to the cinema after school finishes.
I'll get up when the alarm rings.
As soon as we get home, we'll have a meal.
I'll watch the football match while I do my
homework.
When I leave school, I'll go to university.
As soon as it stops raining, we'l l play tennis.
We won't think about school while we're on
holiday.
Before it gets dark, I'll go jogging.
Answer key
Susan will meet us in the square when she finishes
work.
Mick will send the photos before they go on holiday.
Pippa will text as soon as she arrives.
Maisie wi ll go to the post office while Kate has her
piano lesson.
Bob will collect the cinema tickets after he goes to
the dentist's.
6
Optional Extra
Ask students to tell you when they will do their
homework, using a time clause (for example,
I'll do my homework as soon as I get home).
a Ask students to describe each small picture. Play

audio recording 3.20 for them to listen and match
the names to the pictures. Check their answers.
Pronunciation~ 3.21
~3.20
JGHN
MICK
PIPPA
MAISIE
Hi Mum. It's John. I won't need a meal this

evening. I'll have something to eat here after I
play tennis.
Susan says she'll meet us in the square when
she finishes work.
Hi, Linda. It's Mick. I've got the photos from the
party. I'll send them to you before we go on
holiday.
Hi, Mum, Dad. It's Pippa. We're just getting
on the plane now. I'll text you as soon as we
arrive .
Hi, Kate . It's Maisie. I'm in town, but I'll go
to the post office while you have your piano
lesson.
Bob says he'll collect the cinema tickets after he
goes to the dentist's.
Pippa: mobile phone

Maisie: post office
Bob: tickets
b Play the recording again for them to listen and

answer. Check their answers.
Answer key
John: after; play tennis
Susan: when; finish work
Mick: before; go on holiday
Pippa: as soon as; arrive
Maisie: while; have a piano lesson
Bob: after; go to the dentist's
82
Write the phonetic symbols on the board and invite

the students to say them, reminding them of the
pronunciation if they have forgotten (their lower
lip should touch their upper teeth when they say
/v/, and their lips should not touch when they say
/w/). Play the recording for students to listen. Play
audio recording 3.21 again for students to listen and
repeat.
Optional Extra
Give students two minutes to practise the
sentences on their own. Then students come
to the front of the class in turn and say the five
sentences as quickly as possible. The student who
can say the sentences quickest without mixing up
the /v/ and /w/ sounds wins.
Revision idea
Answer key
John: hamburger
Susan: friends meeting
Mick: photos
Students complete the sentences about themselves

and write them in their notebooks or on a piece of
paper. Students walk around the room saying their
sentences to each other, and trying to find who has
the most answers similar to theirs. Walk around
the room listening and helping where needed. Ask
students if anyone found someone who had five
identical answers the same. Ask these students to
read out their sentences. (If no one had five answers
the same, try four the same, three the same, etc.)
Write these ideas on separate pieces of paper:

learn to drive; go to university; start work;
get married; have children; leave home; buy
a house; buy a car.
Give a piece of paper to each student. Students
walk around the class asking each other when they
will do the thing on their paper (e.g. When will
you learn to drive?), and answering using time
clauses (e.g. !'//learn to drive as soon as I'm old
enough). At the end, invite some students to tell
the class what the other students told them.
Section C
Answer key
SB pp.72-73
1 Fred
Generation gap
2 Gemma
3 Katrina
4 Jason
Aims of the section
To discuss teenage
problems; to introduce the formation of abstract
nouns.
Gemma
6 Megan
7 Fred
8 Megan
9 Katrina
10 Jason
Grammar
Further practice of first conditionals

and time clauses. See WB Unit 6 pp.58-59; WB
Grammar summary 6.1-6.2; WB Key TB p.99.
New vocabulary
b Ask students to recap what the problems are.

Write these on the board. What do they agree with
or not, and why? Write their comments on the
board. Leave this information on the board for the
next activity.
Verbs and abstract nouns. See
WB Wordlist p.78.
Skills Reading for context (missing sentences);

reading for specific information; identifying
statements mentioned; giving advice.
Context
Teenagers share their problems.
Ask students which teenager they think has the

worst problem . Why? Make four groups, putting
students into groups depending on which person the
student thinks had the biggest problem . Each group
discusses the second question and present their
advice to the class.
Reading ~ 3.22
Optional Extra
1 a
Students look at pictures and suggest what the

problems might be. Ask further questions: Have you
Students write a letter about a problem that they

have with the teacher or the school. Explain that
it does not need to be true. Students exchange
letters with a partner and write the advice.
had these problems yourselves? What advice

would you give?
b Students read and listen to the article and answer
the questions. Were they right about the problems?
Check that students understand what a problem
page is. (A section in a magazine where people write
letters about their problems and a journalist answers
them.)
4 a
Answer key
/'
1 teenagers' problems (telling parents about a first

date; leaving school for a music career; parents
don't seem interested in teenagers; always
arguing with parents)
2 a journalist called Katrina
Students work with a partner to read the text

again and match the sentences to the gaps. Walk
around the class, helping where needed.
d Check the answers with the class by playing

audio recording 3.22 for them to listen and compare
with their ideas. Discuss how they knew where
to put each sentence. Point out the clues in the
sentences before and after the gap (e.g I know if I
tell them for the first gap).
Answer key
(
1h
a Students work on their own to fill in the names .

Ask them to check their answers with a partner
before you go through the answers together.
2d
3g
4e
Sa
6f
7c
8b
Vocabulary
Go through the words in the table and check
that students know their meaning. Students work on
their own to complete the chart with examples from
the article. Check the answers together.
Answer key
verb
noun
to argue
to have an argument
to discuss
to have a discussion
to adjust
to make an adjustment
to decide
to make a decision
to solve
to find a solution
to choose
to make a choice
to agree
to reach an agreement
to disagree
to have a disagreement
Optional Extra
Ask students to close their books. Write the verbs
have, make, reach on the board. Read out the
nouns from the table and ask students which verbs
go with each one.

sentences. Ask them to compare their answers with
a partner. Then check the answers together.
Answer key
Answer key
1 argue, disagree, discuss, agreement

2 solve, argument
3 decided/chose, decisions/choices
4 adjustment, adjust
5 decide, argument
6 choose, choice
They mention 1, 4, 5, 6.

5 a Explain to the students that they are going to
hear students talk about their experiences with
parents. Ask them to suggest what kind of things
they might hear about. Read the list of situations
together. Play audio recording 3.23 for students to
listen and tick the ones they hear.
~3.23
Welcome to our phone-in programme.
Tonight we're going to talk about parents and
teenagers. If you've got something to say on
this, give us a call. And our first caller is Tina .
What do you want to say, Tina?
TINA
My problem is that I w ant to stay out late, but
my parents say that I have to be home by nine
o'clock. I mean , I can understand that during
the week, because I have to go to school the
next day, but it's the same at weekends.
How old are you, Tina?
HOST
I'm 15.
TINA
And have you discussed it with your parents?
HOST
TINA
Yes, I have, but they just won't listen . Nothing's
changed .
HOST
OK. Thank you for that, Tina . Now w e've got
Bill.
Hi . I just wanted to say that I don 't have
BILL
any problems with my parents. We don't
argue about things. Sometimes we have a
disagreement, but we discuss it and we usually
find a solution to the problem.
Well, it's good to hear that, Bill. So not everyone
HOST
has a problem with their parents . And our next
caller is John. What do you want to say, John?
I've got my own bedroom and it's like my own
JOHN
space, but my mum always comes in and tidies
it. I don't like that. It's my room and I like it
untidy. That should be my choice. And I'm sure
she reads my emails when she's in there, too .
HOST
OK. Thanks, John. And our last caller before we
have some music is Sarah .
SARAH Hi . I'd like to say that not all teenagers have
problems with their parents. Most of my friends
get on well with their mum and dad. So do I.
We have a lot of fun in our family and I can
always go to my parents for advice.
HOST
OK. Thank you, Sarah. It's nice to end with a
positive view. Well, we're going to take a break
for some music there. If you want to discuss any
of the calls that w e've heard, give us a ring .
HOST
84

match the names to the situations.
Answer key
Tina 5
Bill 1
John 6
Sarah 4
6 a
Divide the class into groups to discuss the calls

and the advice they would give. After five minutes,
change the groups so that each new group has at
least one member from all the old groups . Each
student tells the members of his new group what
w as decided in the student's old group. The new
groups discuss this and choose the best advice. Each
group presents their solution to the class and the
class agree the best advice .
b You will need to allow plenty of time for this

activity. Divide the class into groups to write the
dialogue and act it out. Walk round the class giving
help where needed . Ask groups to act out their play
in front of the class.
Revision idea
Read this letter out as a dictation for students to
write on a piece of paper:
Dear Katrina,
There are some girls who are so beautiful and
friendly that everyone falls in love with them.
You are probably thinking that they are the
luckiest people in the world, but I can tell you
that we're not. I say 'we' because I am such
a girl, and it is a big problem for me. I am
asked out on dates every evening, and I don't
like to upset anyone, so I just can't say no. It
means I never have time to do my homework,
and, although there is always a boy who'll do
my homework for me, I feel guilty about it.
And my best friends have started to get a bit
jealous of all my dates. I know it's not my fault
that they look a bit ordinary, and I try to help
them with advice on clothes and make-up, so
it is hard for me when they ignore me and talk
behind my back. What should I do?
Angelina
Students give their copy of the letter to a partner
who writes the reply. Each student reads out the
reply and comments on it. You can gather in the
papers to check students' writing.
SB pp.74-75
Section D
Kids: Decision time
Aims of the section

expressing purpose.
~3.25
3 a Ask students what they think will
happen when
the three friends go to see Mrs Bent, and what will
happen to Luke? Ask for reasons for their opinions.
Divide the class into groups of three or four and give
them two minutes to come up with their ideas for
the next part of the story. Each group tells the class
their ideas. Note the main points from each group
on the board .
To introduce ways of
Grammar Expressing purpose. See WB Unit 6.

pp.60-61; WB Key TB p.99.
New vocabulary Fire safety check, take the
blame, upset; expressing purpose . See WB
Wordlist p.78.
Pronunciation
Skills
Similar w ords.
Expressing purpose.
Context The kids decide to stand by Rosy but

Luke has doubts about this.
~3.24
1 a Revise the story so far. Ask the students
questions: Who did Rosy meet in the last
episode? (The headmistress, Mrs Bent.) Why
was she worried about it? (She had gone to
Wimbledon when she should have been work ing
and Mr Bent saw her.) Why did Mrs Bent want to
see ber? (To tell her she had won the school prize.)
What mistake did Rosy make? (She thought Mrs
Bent knew about Wimbledon and she told her about
it.) What happened when Mrs Bent found out?
(She said she had to th ink about the school prize
again.) Ask students to summarize the story of the
last episode.
b Students read and listen to the story and answer

the two questions. Elicit the idiomatic meaning of
rat (a disloyal person).
Answer key
1 Go with Rosy to see Mrs Bent.
2 She calls him a rat because he doesn't want to
help Rosy although Rosy helped him.

the recording.
The students read the story again and answ er the

Answer key
1 Rosy's at home. She didn't want to talk to
anyone .
2 To tell her her decision about the school prize.
3 Because she might not get the prize now that
she's confessed to going to Wimbledon instead
of being at her work experience .
4 No, she doesn't.
5 He doesn't want to get into trouble . And he
didn't have to skip work to go to Wimbledon,
so he feels he didn't do anything wrong.
6 There was a fire safety check in the sports centre.
7 She let him use her project.
8 Rosy, Greg and Anna.
~3.25
MRS BENT So, Lu ke. I hope you understand. If I hear
anything like this again, you'll be in real

trouble. Is that clear?
LUKE
Yes, Mrs Bent.
MRS BENT Come in .. .. Ah, yes . Come in, you three .
ANNA
Lu ke. You're here.
MRS BENT Yes. Luke has told me all about last
Wednesday. Now, I hope you all understand
.. . So, let that be an end to it.
KIDS
Yes, Miss.
MRS BENT You can go now ... Oh, but Rosy. You will
get the school prize. You've worked very
hard this year. Well done.
ROSY
Thank you, Miss.
GREG
Congratulations, Rosy.
ANNA
Well done.
ROSY
Thanks. Hey, listen . There's a rock festival on
in the park this weekend, shall we all go?
LUKE
No, lcan1.
GREG
Are you in another tennis competition then,
Luke?
LUKE
No . When I went to see Mrs Bent, she said
she wanted to see me anyway.
ANNA
Why? What about?
LUKE
She's had a report from Mr Cox about my
schoolwork and she's written to my parents.
ROSY
Oh, no.
LUKE
When they read that letter, there won't be
any tennis, rock festivals, TV or anything but
schoolwork for me.

mark the statements true (T) or false (F). Go over
their answers.
Answer key
(~
- -1_F__2_T__3_T___
4_F__5_F__6_T______________
Everyday English
a Ask students to match the expressions without

check their answers .
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
to talk to anyone.
anything about it.
in this together.
your idea.
the blame for everything.
a minute.
you mean?
kidding.
Pronunciation~ 3.26 and 3.27

and repeat as a class. Ask individual students to
say the pairs of words. Listen carefully and make
sure the differences in sound are clear. If not,
demonstrate and repeat the practice until they are.
b Play audio recording 3.27 for the students to listen

and tick the word they hear. Check their answers.
Answer key ~ 3.27

Optional Extra
using the expressions.

a Invite a student to come to the board and write

the sentences. Ask students for ideas of how to
shorten them and mark them on the board .
b Students read the text to check which idea is

correct. Explain that we often use the infinitive to say
why we do something. Give them an example Why
do you use a dictionary? You use a dictionary to

look up the meaning of words.
Look at the example together and explain the

structure: beginning of the sentence+ infinitive
with to (in this case, to get)+ object (in this case,
a drink). Ask students to connect the other items in
the columns and make sentences. Get students to
compare their answers with a partner before going
over the answers with the class.
1 first
2 tree
3 had
4 wash
5 wheel
6 should
7
8
walk
know
9 come
10 back
11 shoes
12 won't
Revision idea
Write these sentences (from exercise 4a) on
separate pieces of a paper: She doesn't want
to talk to anyone. She didn't know anything

about it. We're all in this together. It was
all your idea. You shouldn't take the blame.
You're kidding.
Divide the class into six groups and give each
group one of the pieces of paper. Each group has
to make up a story. The last sentence in their story
should be the sentence on their piece of paper.
They should discuss:
who is in the story
who says the last sentence
why they said it
what happened in the story.
Answer key
Possible answers:
2 I used the Internet to download some music.
3 I'm going to the supermarket to do some
shopping.
4 I texted my friend to say I would be late.
5 I sat down to read a magazine.
6 I bought some bread to make a sandwich.
7 I went to the sports centre to play basketball.
8 I put on my pyjamas to go to bed.
861
Students work in groups to act out the dialogue.

You will need to allow plenty of time for this activity.
You may like to allow students to listen and repeat
after the recording first so they know the right
rhythm and intonation. Divide the class into groups
of four, and assign the roles . As students practise,
walk round the class giving help where needed and
encouraging appropriate rhythm and intonation.
Encourage students to practise without books if
possible. Choose a good group to act out the scene
in front of the class. If you do not have enough time,
choose just one section of the story to act out.
Students discuss the story as a group but write it

on their own.
Culture
SB p.76
Volunteering
Aims of the section
To introduce information
on and discuss volunteering.
New vocabulary
Words connected with social

issues and volunteering. WB Wordlist p.78.
Skills Reading for specific information

(completing a table); scanning; talking about
volunteer work.
Context
We read an article about young people

doing volunteer work.
~3.28
1 a Write the word volunteering on the
board and
ask the students to explain what it means. What
do we call someone who does it (a volunteer). Ask
students to write three sentences about volunteering

on a piece of paper and compare them with a
partner. Each pair chooses the most interesting thing
they have written and tells the class. Write their
sentences on the board.
b Sudents read and listen to the text. They work

on their own to answer the questions . Remind them
to put all the relevant information from the text
into the answers. Put students into small groups to
compare their answers and correct or add to them as
necessary. Then check the students' answers.
Students read the text again and complete the

chart. Remind them again to put all the relevant
information from the text into the table. Students
continue working in their small groups to compare
their answers and correct or add to them as
necessary. Check their answers together.
thinks the environment is

very important and you
should look after your local
area
What benefits
does he think it
brings?
met local people, people in

the area more friendly, less
litter and vandalism, will
help him when applying to
university
Optional Extra
Complete the chart on the board as students
answer. When finished, students close their books.
Ask students to tell you about Victoria and Arnie
using only the information from the board.
Answer key
1 Work that people do in their free time, not paid,
at least once a month.
2 No, they don't.
3 No, they don't- they often work abroad, e.g.
in Africa or South America.
4 Victoria: helping elderly people; Arnie: cleaning
up disused ground to make a wildlife park.
Why does he
do it?
Students work in groups to discuss the questions.

Walk around the class helping where needed . Ask
someone from each group to summarize their
discussion.
Optional Extra
Students imagine they did the volunteering they
said they would like to do and write a paragraph
about it. They can use the article as a model.
Answer key
Victoria
What does she
do?
helps elderly people with

shopping,
gardening, taking the dog
for a walk,
reading to them
When does she

do it?
three or four times a week

after school
Why does she

do it?
nice to help other people,

old people need help
because they want to be
independent or because
their families have moved
away
What benefits
does she think it
brings?
helps you appreciate

the things you've got,
interesting to talk to
older people, get an extra
grandma
Arnie
What does he
do?
cleans up a disused farm,

removes rubbish, clears the
plants
When does he
do it?
doesn't say
English across the

curriculum
SB p.77
Citizenship: the European Union

Aims of the section To present information
about the history of the European Union and to
discuss responses to it.
New vocabulary Words connected with the EU.
Skills Ordering events; reading for specific
information; talking about the EU.
Context
Union.
We read an article about the European
~3.29
1 a
Students write as many facts as they can about

the European Union in one minute. They compare
their answers with a partner. Choose the pair with
the most facts to tell them to the class and write
their ideas on the board. Ask the rest of the class to
add any other facts they have. Ask the class to look
at the pictures and describe them, adding their ideas
to the notes on the board.
b Students read and listen to the article. How many

of their facts were mentioned in the text? Students
then read the text again to put the items in the list
in order (beginning with the earliest). Check their
answers before moving on to exercise 1c.
Grammar
Answer key
1 got back
walked away
ran out of
got on, sat down
looked after, went away
caught up with
didn't give up
bent down
Answer key
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
First World War; Second World War; the European

Coal and Steel Community; the Treaty of Rome;
nine members; the European flag; the Maastricht
treaty; the euro; twenty-seven members.
c Students use their lists from exercise 1band write

the dates.
2
Answer key
First World War (1914-1918); Second World
War (1939-1945); the European Coal and Steel
Community (1951 ); the Treaty of Rome (1957); nine
members (1973); the European flag (1986); the
Maastricht Treaty (1993); the euro (2002); twentyseven members (2007).
Students read the text again carefully and answer

the questions . Check their answers.
Students complete the answers using the verbs from

the list. Go through their answers with the class.
Students complete the sentences with the correct

forms of the verbs. Check their answers.
Answer key
1 arrives
5
6
7
8
2 'II have
3 write
4 go
'II wait
text
'II do
finishes
On their own, students match the cues in the

columns and write the first conditional sentences.
Answer key
1 European Coal and Steel Community, then
European Economic Community.
2 Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg
and the Netherlands.
3 So the countries could live, work, travel and
buy and sell products in peace.
4 In 1973.
5 No, the third largest.
6 European Commission: Belgium; European
Parliament: France; European Court:
Luxembourg; European Central Bank: Germany.
7 There were twelve members when it was chosen
in 1986.
8 It is now concerned with education, culture,
human rights and foreign policy as well as
economics.
Answer key
Possible answers:
2 If Jason leaves school, he won't get a good job .

3 If you write to Katrina, she'll give you good advice.
4 If teenagers don't talk to their parents, their
parents won't understand their problems .
5 If Luke plays tennis all the time, he won't have

time for his schoolwork.
6 If teenagers and parents discuss things calmly,

they'll avoid a lot of arguments.
7 If Megan talks to her mum and dad, they'll

understand.
8 If you tell lies, people won't trust you.
Listening (e 3.30
4 a
Play the first sentence on audio recording 3.30

for students to understand the example. Play the rest
of the recording for students to listen and write the
sentences, pausing after each one to give students
time to write notes. Go through the answers.
Do this as a class discussion, making a list of the

positive and negative attitudes to the EU. Ask
students to summarize the discussion using the
information on the board.
Revision
SB p.78
(e3.30
Study Skills
suggestions about how to learn. Ask students what
their problems/ difficulties are and write these on the
board. Divide the class into groups. Each group chooses
a different problem to discuss and come up with advice.
The groups present their advice to the rest of the class .
881
SHOP
ASSISTANT
Can I help you?
JACK
Could I have this computer magazine,

please?
Can you let the dog out, please, Bill?
OK. Here, boy.
Would you like to come to my party on
Saturday, it's ...
Hi. Is that the sports centre?
MOTHER
BILL
ALICE
MARTIN
Giving advice
It's never a good idea to ... tell lies.
Try to ... reach an agreement.
Why not ... invite the boy to your house.
My advice to you is to ... listen to your parents.
I think you should ... w rite to them .
Justifying
If your parents find out, ... you'll be in real trouble.
When they read it, .. . I'm sure they'll do something
to help.
Could we have two tickets to London,

please?
6 TIM
I fancy a drink of lemonade.
7 MARTHA
I'm tired. I think I'll have a rest.
Right. It's time for my favourite
8 TIM
programme.
b Play the recording again and ask students to
write down why people did the things in the middle
column .
5 SUSAN
c Ask students to write sentences using the

information from the notes.
Write your project
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
Jack went to buy a computer magazine .

Bill opened the door to let the dog out.
Alice e-mailed Paula to invite her to her party.
Martin picked up the phone to cal l the sports centre.
Susan went to the station to buy tw o tickets to
London.
6 Tim opened the fridge to get a drink of lemonade.
7 Martha sat down to have a rest.
8 Tim switched on the TV to watch his fa vourite
programme.
Your project
SB p.79

Skills Describing a problem in a letter; giving
advice.
Context
SB p.79
Aims of the section
To review adjectives.
Vocabulary Adjectives : opposites and the

negative prefix.
Students look at Megan's letter on SB p. 72 and they

put the headings in the correct order. Invite students
to write the headings on the board in the right order.
~-~
b Review all the letters and have the students

correct any mistakes in English before displaying
them. Encourage the class to read the other
students' w ork and to learn any new words they
find . You should also decide how the projects should
be presented. There are options other. than the
traditional project book or w all chart. This project
w ould w ork w ell as a w ebsite.
Unwritten
Teenagers' issues.
Answer key
d, b, e, a, c
a Divide the class into groups. Each group chooses

their problem. Discuss the suggested problems and
make sure each group has a different problem.
Students plan and w rite their letters and their
replies to the other groups' letters.
Song

introduction to the Teacher's Book on page 9.
Students look at the text again on SB p.72 and find

sentences with the expressions. Check the answ ers .
Answer key
Possible answers:
Commenting
This is a common ... problem betw een teachers
and parents .
I'm sure that ... your parents are only trying to
protect you.
A lot of young people ... dream about being rock
stars.
In this case ... they're right.
This is a difficult .. . situation.
When you're ... young , your parents make decisions
for you .
Skills
un-
Identifying the topic.
Context
Predicting the future.

UNWRITTEN is a song originally written and
performed by young British singer-songwriter Natash a
Bedingfield. It was released in 2004, and became one of
Bedingfield's biggest hits on both sides of the Atlantic.
~3.31

meanings from other students or encourage
students to look up words in their dictionary. Play
audio recording 3.31 for the students to listen to
the song to say w hat the song is about. Elicit various
ideas from students before agreeing on the topic.
Answer key
Future is still unw ritten, so you can shape your
ow n life .
2 a
Look at the list of adjectives . Ask students to

listen to the song and read the words again to find
the opposites of the adjectives in the text.
Answer key
unspoken, undefined, unplanned, unwritten
b Ask students what all the answers in exercise

2a have in common (the negative adjectives are
formed using the un- prefix). Students work with
a partner to write further negative adjectives with
the un- prefix. Do this as a race . Set a time limit,
say, two minutes (or longer if students need it), then
check the answers. Each correct adjective scores 1
point, but each incorrect adjective (e.g. uncorrect)
is penalized with a 1-point deduction. The pair with
the highest final score wins.
c Ask students to brainstorm other ways of

forming the opposite of adjectives. Write the
following adjectives on the board: correct, possible,
responsible, loyal. Elicit the prefixes used with
these examples (in-, im-, ir-, dis-, etc.). Ask students
to give one or two further examples for each prefix.
Write these adjectives on the board: hopeful,
tasteful. Elicit the opposites (hopeless, tasteless).
Point out that although we can use the suffix -less
to form the opposite of some adjectives ending with
-ful, the rule doesn't apply to all similar adjectives,
and the pairs must be learnt for each one.
Test
90]
Introduction
1
2
3
4
5
Robert normally takes the bus into town, but

today he's taking the train to London.
Robert normally goes to the park, but today
he's going to an athletics stadium.
Robert normally meets his friends, but today
he's meeting some famous athletes.
Robert normally runs for the school athletics
team, but today he's running with professional
athletes.
Robert normally has a hamburger for lunch, but
today he's having lunch with an Olympic coach.
1
2
3
think, 's raining

're having, don't like
'swearing, want, like
2
3
4
'II watch
are going to see
're going to go
5 'II be
6 'II ask
7 'II meet
2
3
4
5
6
is preparing
need
go
cycle
'm going to
7 want
8 are going to watch
9 are you going to do
52e
3d
10 am going to sleep
11 'II see
5
6 b
Unit 1 Past and present
2
3
4 knife
bow
cloaks
2
3
4
cotton
stone
leather
2
3
4
5
weren't swimming. They were running.

wasn't playing basketball. She was studying .
were using the computer. They weren't cycling.
wasn't reading the newspaper. He was repairing
the car.
1
2
3
wasn't
Did you hear, escaped
Was, didn 't go
Were you, got up, ran, didn't catch
5 boots
5 gold
8 copper
6 Plastic
7 rubber
go skiing
smoke
play rugby
live in England
work in a restaurant
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
used to live
didn't use to have
did you use to have
didn't use to have
used to ride
did you use to go
didn't use to buy
used to go
10 used to share
wear, bear
hear, fear
break, steak
jeans, eat
heard, learn
6 tools
2
3
to
to
to
to
to
F The stories are about different people from

the past.
6 T
7 T
8 F
used
used
used
used
used
Tick 2, 5, 6, 8
2 F It's about archaeologists.

3 T
4 F They investigate very old crimes.
5
2
3
4
3
4
5
A The iceman
was looking
saw
stopped
looked
was looking
removed
took
B We used to be rivals
5
6
4c
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2 were playing
3 opened
4 lay down
5 was reading
6 flew
7 landed
8 shouted
9 got up
Tick 3, 4, 6
golf /g/
generally /dz/
fridge /dz/
big /g/
again /g/
change /dz/
great /g/
large /dz/
badge /dz/
C Clothes
2
3
10 boots
11 cap
12 shirts
flat
checked I plain
pointed
plain
2
3
8 shorts
9 jumpers
2 skirts
3 dress
4 jeans
5 T-shirts
6 jacket
7 trainers
4
5
a
c
6 plain
7 flared
8 long-sleeved
6 b
7 d
8 g
3
4
5
6
7
8
Progress check
are too tight

is too expensive
isn't fast enough
are too short
isn't tall enough
isn 't big enough
How are they?

Maybe they've got them in a larger size?
Yes, they look OK. I'll try them on .
No, they're too light. I want something darker.
Do you like these jeans?
No, it's OK. I don't want them any more .
They're no good. They're too small.
What about these?
7
4
2
1
8
6
3
2 plastic
3 gold, silver
4 steel
5 silk
2
3
2
3
4
5
2 this, it, that looks, it

3 some, some, some, they don't go, thi s
4 these, them, they're, them
D Kids
8 wasn't paying
they're, them, they're
2 birthday
3 time
4 cousins
10 had to
11 whi le
12 have to
13 easy
14 test
15 glad
16 answer
6
7
8
9
played
w in
came
dance
revised
I think I got most questions right.
3 How did you get on in the test?

4 What marks did you get?
5 It wasn't too bad .
6 I didn't answer all the questions.
2
3
2
3
4
did you get, think I did OK, done, news

good luck, you win, How did it, Did you, didn't,
never mind, Better luck next time
catch a ball. I I couldn't catch a ball.
swim. I I couldn't swim.
run. I I couldn't run.
ski . I I couldn't ski.
write . I I couldn't write.
ride a bicycle . I I couldn't ride a bicycle.
speak English . I I couldn't speak English .
I could
I could
I could
I could
I could
I could
I could
had to, could
6
7
2
3
4
5
921
was following
couldn 't
couldn't
had to I used to
used to
used to
9 was talking
10 stopped
11 drove
12 wasn't travelling
13 got out
14 went
15 got
7 didn't use to
8 could
9 didn't have to
10 had to
I can ...
1
2
was driving, saw, used to clean
3
4
done, crossed
but, Although
size, enough, take
luck, shame
Unit 2
A The movies
2 c
3 b
4 a
2 out of
3 of
2 couldn't, had to
but
However
Although
On the other hand
but
Although
2 had
3 happened
4 were driving
5 came
6 stopped
7
6 Cotton
7 leather
8 rubber
had to, couldn 't, could
2
3
4
5
6
7
couldn't
didn't have to
had to
couldn't
had to
didn't have to I couldn't
4 at
5 down
5 d
6 into
7 through
Have you ever done work experience?

Yes I have. I No, I haven't.
Have you ever used a photocopier?
Yes I have . I No, I haven't.
Have you ever bought someth ing on the
Internet?
Yes I have . I No, I haven't.
Have you ever done something dangerous?
Yes I have. I No, I haven 't.
Have you ever fallen down the stairs?
Yes I have. I No, I haven't.
Gary
Gary
Gary
Gary
Gary
Until last July I was a shop assistant. PS

Since last July I've been a hairdresser. PP
In 2008 Bella won her first race . PS
Since 2008 she's won three more races . PP
Before we won the lottery we drove a
Volkswagen. PS
Since we won the lottery we've driven a
Mercedes. PP
Last year I took the bus to school. PS
Since then I've taken the train . PP
At lunchtime I ate three sandwiches . PS
Since then I haven't eaten anything. PP
5
6
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
hasn't watched a DVD.

hasn't done a project.
has bought a CD.
has revised for a test.
hasn't read a magazine.
Have you ever eaten a snake?

Yes, I ate one in China in 2005
Have you seen the new James Bond film?
Yes, I saw it last week .
Have you read the last Harry Potter book?
Yes, I read it two months ago.
They've been fishing .
They've gone fishing .
He's gone jogging .
He's been jogging.
They've gone skiing.
They've been skiing.
She's been to the hairdresser's .
She's gone to the hairdresser's.
B Smart Alec closes the door
5 for
for
since
since
1
2
3
has had
Have ... lived, have lived
've liked, 've liked
haven't bought, have saved
has worked, Has ... been
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
He
He
He
He
He
He
He
6 since
7 since
8 for
9 since
5
6
has come
haven't bought, have found
has learned
has given
have invited
I did my History homework before dinner.
Samuel Carlos has written five books since
1995.
I was Leonardo Di Caprio's stunt double in
Titanic.
Karen hasn 't eaten anything since 8 o'clock .
Did you read this magazine last week?
CFame
2 sign
3 invited
4 lost
5 recognizes
6 takes
7 became
2
3
A 4 A
s 5 A
2
3
5 luck
6 good looks
freedom
Fame
difficulties
2
3
4
5
6
7
host
beat
opponents
ordinary
champion
contestants
8 prize
9 round
8
9
10
11
12
6
7
s
s
won
difficult
travelled
appeared
given
10 buzzers
11 w rong
12 right
2
3
4
He has already won 100,000 .

He can win 200,000.
Yes, he does.
5 There are four categories.
6 Students' own answers.
D Kids
10 for
has made a lot of new friends .

hasn't started his new school.
hasn't visited his friend in Canada .
has travelled on the subway.
has had a picnic in Central Park.
hasn't walked across the Hudson Bridge .
hasn't seen a famous movie director.
2
3
2 He's broken a window.

3 She's cooked a meal.
4 They've won a football match.
5 They've been on holiday.
6 He's cleaned the room .
2
3
4
2
3
4
2 year
3 poor
4 percent
5 revise
6 competition
7 excuse
8 project
9 tomorrow
10 parents
11 worried
12 started
2 I've had a look

3 pretty poor
4 In that case
5 That's no excuse
6 I haven't even started it
2 doesn't she
3 are you
4 haven't you
5 did they
6 weren 't we
7 can he
8 won't we
9 do you
10 didn't he
4
5
do you, d
haven't we, c
has he, f
won't you, h
are you, e
doesn't it, a
didn't they, b
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 d
5 e
6 c
2a
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Progress check
2 contestant
3 pretty
4 According to
5 autograph
6 rescue
7 stunts
2 off
3 into
4 up I down
5 through
6 out of
danger
famous
success
luck
6 happiness
7 free
8 good looks
4
5
gone
been
gone
been
6 gone
7 gone
8 been
for
5 for
6 since
3
4
5
2
3
15
16
8 criminal
2b 1
3 for
4 since
2 didn't have
3 didn't go
4 spent
5 joined
6 has been
7
8
9
10
have made
have done
haven't watched
have been
2
3
4
which
which
who
2 that are coming to my party

3 that takes me to school
4 that is in my favourite film
1
2
3
4
2 palm,
3 chin,
5 eyelid,
shouldn't
shouldn't
should
5 should
6 should
7 shouldn't
8 should
2
3
shouldn't
should
shouldn't
5 might
8 should
9 should
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6 eyebrow
94
8 then
2
3
4
A You and your body

1 nail,
5 weather
6 the
7 this
Unit 3 Health and safety

1
their
Careful.
Careful.
Careful.
Careful.
Careful.
Careful.
has had, for, have lived, for, have worked, since

Before, whenever, After a while
is my dad's boss
sells the best bread
helps me with my homework
works in our local shop
3
4
5
6
7
aren't you, can he, don't they

've seen, took,'ve read
that
that
that
that
8 who
B Sweet Sue has the last laugh
I can ...
5
6
7
8
5 who
6 which
7 which
3 three
4 path
2 weren't at the lesson, were you?
17 nose
18 neck
19 toe
20 finger
21 stomach
22 ear
23 elbow
24 chest
25 knee
26 teeth
27 tongue
28 ankle
29 forehead
30 back
arm
head
shoulder
bottom
hand
calf
thumb
leg
eye
wrist
mouth
lips
cheek
thigh
hand, thumb, wrist, finger, elbow

foot, calf, leg, thigh, toe, knee, ankle
hair, head, eye, nose, mouth, lips, cheek, nose,
neck, ear, teeth, tongue, forehead
shoulder, stomach, chest, back
2
3
3 had a good time, didn't they?

4 speak Spanish, don't you?
5 haven't met Maria, have you?
3
4
5
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
You might hit your finger.

It might bite you.
You might fall off the wall.
You might cut your hand.
You might hurt your back.
You might trip over the carpet.
6 might
7 might
someone who
something that
something that
something that
something that
someone who
something that
B 4, C 8, D 2, E 1, F 7, G 6, H 3
10 shouldn't
2
3
4
5
6
7
a person who a doctor sees

are people who study the past
something which you can win in a competition
a material which jewellery is made of
the part of your body that you sit on
an item of clothing that you wear when it's hot
2f
3a
4e
5d
6c
7b
2 Oh, ours didn't.

3 Oh, I haven't.
4 Oh, mine are.
3
4
5
C Looking after yourself
1
2
3
2
3
4
for
3 of
in
5 for
2
3
4
Across:
2 vegetarians
3 protein
6 infections
8 fat
2
3
4
5
6
you
I've
did
it
an
6 into
2 F The body can't store vitamin C.

3 F Dark and brightly-coloured vegetables contain
vitamin C.
F Protein is also in chicken, fish, eggs, milk and
2
3
bleeding
swollen
4 itchy
Ranjit
c Annie
d Marcia
nuts.
b ian
2
3
4
So have I.
So do I.
Neither have I.
f Wendy
should put some cream on it.

They should get vaccinated.
You should put a plaster on it.
She should take some tablets.
You should put some drops in it.
2
3
doctor
broken
A 3, B 6, C 1, D 9, E 7, F 10, G 2, H 5, I 8, J 4
I feel really disappointed.
That's one each.
Haven't you forgotten something?
That's the best part.
I've got some great news.
When are the tickets for?
2
3
4
I've got some great news

the best part
that's one
5 are the tickets for
6 you forgotten something
7 really disappointed
can
3 have
4
did
5 was
6 will
7 am
8 do
9 did
10 am
4 who
5 which
6 who
5 So did I.
6 Neither will I.
Suggested answers:
such as fruit and vegetables
for example sugar and fat
like football and tennis
such as a cold or the flu
2
3
4
5
6 probably
D Kids
10 should
11 on
e Damien
2
3
4
5
6
7 prescription
8 times
9 you
w ho
which
2
3
4
5
6
7
Down:
1 carbohydrates
4 calories
5 fibre
7 sugar
2
3
3, 9, 12, 2, 5, 1, 7, 10, 6, 8, 4, 11
1
2
5 sore
6 tablets
6 So did I. I I didn't.
7 So will I. I I won't.
8 So am I. I I'm not.
broken
painful
plaster
6 painful
5 broken
4 drops
5 body
So am I. I I'm not.
Nertherdol.ll do.
So can I. I I can't.
Progress check
No more colds and flu

Protect your skin and bones
Build muscle
A balanced diet
A 1, B 3, C 2, D 4
2
5 Oh, I can't.
6 Oh, mine is.
I can ...
1
2
3
4
I've broken, I've got, swollen

who, which I that, who
should, shouldn't, might
So, am, Neither
Unit 4 Heroes
A King Arthur
2
3
4
armour
sword
shield
2
3
4
hid
offered
refused
5 battle
6 throne
7 knight
8 flag
5 wounded
6 lasted
2
3
4
5
agreed to get out of the pool

needed to go for a walk
loves skiing
doesn't mind washing up
decided to wear the dress
doesn't enjoy playing computer games
offered to kill the insects
going
3
4
5
6
7
like sending
likes to watch, prefers to play
started reading
hate driving
loves to chase
3 to send
4 waiting
6 to tell
7 to speak
8 to have
living
2
3
4
going to London
eating chocolate
to help me with my homework
to be home by 5.30
to phone Mike about the tickets
looking after my dog
to do some shopping
6
7
8
6 frightening, frightened
7
3
4
5
6
7
There are, crossing the street

4 There's, talking on a mobile phone
5 There are, sitting on a wall
6 There are, roller-blading
7 There's, lying on the grass
8 There are, waiting at the traffic lights
9 There are, digging a hole in the road
10 There's, reading a magazine
4
5
6
7
see some people swimming.

hear a child crying.
feel the sun shining on my face.
hear someone playing a guitar.
smell someone eating a hamburger.
feel a gentle wind blowing.
see people sunbathing.
2 someone screaming
3 old woman standing
4 Gelert barking
5
6
7
8
9
I can
I can
I can
I can
I can
I can
I can
6 interesting
5 crooked
the big warm fire

hot white coffee
a huge black cat
short cold days
my big gold ring
2 tall blonde, baggy pink

3 short fair, cold grey
4 long hot, cool blue
5
big yellow, cold blue
D Kids
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
his son lying

blood dripping
the baby crying
something large and grey lying
a cold wind blowing
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
amazed
4 unfriendly
cold, big, red
A 4, B 1, C 3, D 5, E 2
2 careless
3 dark
C Imagination
him walking
2 Peter having
3 someone knocking
4 Peter and the manager standing
5
.B The burglar
tired, tiring
8 annoyed, annoying
10 glass
11 drops
12 company
13 tournament
14 expensive
15 parents
16 mistake
17 happy
manager
order
surprised
customer
school
enjoyed
ham
tea
didn't expect
on business
'hello' to your parents
it was a mistake
all your fault
Could
Could
Could
Could
you
you
you
you
open the window, please?

lend me your dictionary, please?
pass the water, please?
turn down your music, please?
What can I
Can I have
Would you like anything
A glass
else
chicken pasta and a glass of water
please
2 w
3 w
4 u
5 b
6 I
7 I
8 I
9 k
2 bored, boring
3
4
5
961
embarrassing, embarrassed
interesting, interested
excited, exciting
Progress check
2 crown
3 survived
4 armour, shields
5 battles
6 swords
7 helmet
2 amusing
3 embarrassed
4 frightened
2 There's a man cleaning the tables.

3 There's a man looking through the window.
4 There are two women looking at the menu.
There's
6 There's
7 There's
8 There's
9 There's
10 There's
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
5 surprising
6 worried
a boy eating a hamburger.

a woman reading a newspaper.
a woman ordering a meal.
a man paying the bill.
a man drinking a milkshake.
a chef cooking meals.
'I've been to see the nurse, because I've got a

bad leg,' said Frank .
'I hope it's better soon,' said Miss Jones. 'Here 's
your homework.'
'I can't do my homework, because my hand is
bad, too,' said Frank.
'Don't worry,' said Miss Jones. 'If you stay behind
after class, I'm sure I can help you with it.'
5
6
2
3
4
5
6
global warming
power stations, fossil fuels
ice caps
environmental problems
sea levels
carbon dioxide
3b
4a
6
7
8
9
are
are
are
are
5c
blown
covered
eaten
banned
6e
are written by Alison and Finlay

The illustrations are drawn by Matt.
The website pages are designed by Diana.
People are interviewed by Paul and May.
The videos are made by Danny and Clare.
Everything is checked by Josie.
The website is visited by lots of people.
2 was seen
3 w as stopped
4 were found
were taken
w as arrested
2 endangered
3 isolated
4 stealing
2
3
7 was taken
8 was protected
9 were seen
10 was sent
5 protected
6 thief
are used
is caused
is lost
1
2
3
4
were cut down

were used to make paper
was caused by deforestation
was lost
w ill be cut down
2 will be used to make paper

3 will be caused by deforestation
4 will be lost
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
will
will
will
will
will
will
will
2
3
4
5
6
carbon dioxide
ice caps
environmental problems
thrown away
recycled
put
left
2 global warming
3 fossil fuels
4 power stations
6 sea levels
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A Climate change
is
is
is
is
2f
Could you help me with my homework, please?

Could you speak louder, please?
Unit 5 Our environment
Pollution is produced here .

Paper is recycled here.
Electricity is produced here.
Rubbish is dumped here.
Fuel is sold here.
B Smart Alec's plan
relaxing, frightening, embarrassed
'How are you, Mary?' asked Kevin.

'I'm fine, thanks,' said Mary.
2
3
4
5
lying , see, talking
have, Can
2
3
4
5
6
heard some glass breaking

saw the two boys running away
heard a man shouting
heard the door opening
felt something cold touch my face
heard a dog barking
saw my friend's dog standing by the bed
I can ...
1
2
3
4
be
be
be
be
be
be
be
changed
created
used
brought in
needed
flooded
covered
9 will
10 will
11 will
12 will
13 will
14 will
be
be
be
be
be
be
built
lost
caught
taken
left
saved
F All the houses will be covered with water.
T
F They don 't want to leave their homes.
C Caring for the environment
2h
3i 4g
10 a 11 e
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
mammal
pouch
habitats
goats
the
the
the
the
the
6
7
8
9
5k
6f
horns
beak
to tame
imitating
7d
8b
8 starving
9 jelly
2
3
Just stay cool

easy for you to say
be all right
2 trouble
3 nervous
4 jelly
5 butterflies
6 pounding
7 shaking
8 headmistress
9 starving
10 beginning
2
3
4
5
6
do 4 'm
stay 5 be
phones
dealing
trouble
beginning
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
embarrassing
really
stomach
secretary
cool
alright
mistake
worried
my heart's pounding
I've got butterflies in my stomach
my hands are shaking
my legs feel like jelly
I feel sick
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
was sent
was searched
was found
were rescued
were taken
were interviewed
will be shown
has been seen
2
3
4
have melted
is thrown away
is recycled
10 was caught
11 will be taken
12 will be examined
13 Was ... brought
14 was released
15 are often sold
16 are used
5 are used
6 will be needed
2 pounding
3 nervous
4 jelly
5 shaking
Suggested answers:
Paragraph 1: The beautiful va lley
Paragraph 2: Plans for the valley
Paragraph 3: The effect of those plans on the valley
Paragraph 4: Action taken to stop those plans
5 How do you feel?

6 I'm starving
7 don't worry
11
Down:
deforestation
hurricane
pollution
carbon dioxide
drought
8 extinct
1
2
3
5
6
8 worry
6 be
7 say
Across:
biofuels
rainforest
melts
10 cubs
11 extreme
4
7
9
This animal is hunted for its fur.

This animal is used for tourist photographs in
India.
4 This sea mammal is killed for its body parts.
5 This insect is poisoned by chemicals.
6 This animal's habitat is destroyed by building
construction.
7 This bird 's eggs are stolen by collectors.
8 This animal is killed to make shoes and
handbags .
B 3, C 7, D 6, E 2, F 8, G 5, H 4
10
11
12
13
What if people laugh at my English?

People won't laugh at your English.
What if I play all the wrong notes?
Don't worry. You won't play all the wrong
notes.
What if the plane crashes?
Don 't be silly. The plane won't crash.
What if it tastes horrible?
Don't worry. It won't taste horrible.
What if I fall off?
Don't worry. You won't fall off.
Progress check
2
3
98
No more room
A regular routine
Don't throw it away
Produce energy yourself
2
3
10 the koala
2 sandwich
3 nervous
4 customer
5 experience
6 tournament
7 angry
2
3
7 the ibex
8 the ibex
9 the macaw
ibex
macaw
koala
koala
macaw
9 j
10 tricks
11 feathers
D Kids
6 sick
7 worry
8 if
I can ...
1
2
3
4
warming, fuels, pollution

are made, was built, will be given
in my stomach, are shaking
worry, be, stay, You'll be
Unit 6 Relationships
A Friends
2
3
4
off
on
on
5 down
6 out
7 after
8 in
9 back
3
4
2 off
3 down
4 down
5 up
6 out
7 up
8 up
9 round
10 up
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
up
up
down
back
down
down
up
up
out
23
24
25
26
27
28
on
off
off
away
away
up
on
away
back I round
2 I'll stay at home and watch TV

3 l'llleave the cinema before it finishes
4 I'll go riding
5 you'll get cold
6 I'll go skiing
7 his teacher will be pleased
8 I'll give you a ring
2
3
4
5
5 give up
6 find out
throw away
run out of
look after
2
3
4
5
rains, 'II go
want, 'I I have
won't have, don't get
finish, ' II watch
will be, go
If I arrive home late, dad will be angry.
If you help me with my English homework, I'll
fix your computer.
If you write a letter to the magazine, they will
give you good advice.
If the bus doesn't arrive soon, we'll be late for
the film.
If you phone me in Italy, it will cost a lot of
money.
B We need a holiday
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
'II search, buy

finish, 'II pack
'II print, pack
'm, 'II read
'II listen, read
young
problems
describe
5 secrets
2 a, 3 b, 4 b
2
3
'II show
is, will miss
are, will get
2 We r@J a hg_rd test.

3 He sh~d us what we should do .
4 I never ~lk to wQrk.
5 ~I know what I'm doing .
6 He was quite c@lm when I cg_me round.
7 He w@n't wg_nt to work on Saturday.
C Generation gap
3
4
5
solution
adjustment
disagreement
argument
6 discussion
7 decision
8 advice
2
3
4
5
argument
discussion
adjustments
choice
6 solution
7 advice
8 disagreement
2 think
3 go
4 talk
5 has
6 listen
7 give
8 make
9 forget
2 friends
3 a difficult
4 listen
5 have a lot
6 advice
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
like everyone else my age.

so the revision is going we ll
so that she can stay at home
who are working hard
she wants to know who it is
who I'm going with
She's driving me crazy
His mum .
He's taking his end of school exams.
So that she can stay at home and look after him.
2
3
Tick: 3, 4, 5, 8
D Kids
text you when we're at I go to the shopping

centre
go to bed after I check my emails
go out when I finish my homework
have something to eat as soon as we get home
check the weather before we go camping
watch a DVD after we have dinner
'II play a computer game while I wait for Tim
2
3
4
6
7
6 advice
7 matter
8 daughter
9 introduced
10 goodbye
11 visit
12 sister
4 are, will call

5 are, will look after
2
3
4
5
already
prize
upset
catches
2
3
4
5
She didn't know anything about it.

We're all in this together.
It was all your idea.
She shouldn't take the blame for everything.
Hang on a minute.
What do you mean?
You are kidding!
6
7
8
1
2
6
7
8
9
angry
blame
agree
closed
10 helped
11 geography
12 trouble
13 seen
Hang on a minute.
What do you mean?
3 Yo u're kidding!
4 shouldn't take the blame for everything
5 doesn't want to speak about it
II!
u
4
Suggested answers:
2 Sally got up early to arrive on time.
3 Damian switched on the computer to write
emails.
4 Belinda stayed at home to study for a test.
5 The headmistress picked up the phone to call
my parents.
6 My brother saved some money to buy a new
computer.
7 We stayed up late to watch the film.
8 Charlie and Jack went to the sports centre to
play badminton.
2
3
4
5
6
7
Just stay cool.

This is all your fault.
That's no excuse
According to my information,
That's good news
Be careful
Revision
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 left
2 have never seen
3
2 e
3g
2
3
4
5
6 watching
5 talking
7 to lend
6 had
7 reached I made
8 gives
5 will be, have

6 w il l cost, does
8
2
3
can't
head
2 'II have, are

3 invite, 'II need
4 want, 'II do
2
if
As soon as
Before
us
that
4 everything
5 not
6 on
2
3
5
7
7 will come, have

5 whi le
6 as soon as
4 know
6 boot
5 made
7 work
Present simple:
2 is directed
3 are played
4 is advertised
are sold
Future w ith will:

1 will be directed
2 will be played
3 wi ll be taken
4 w ill be printed
5 will be recorded
A lot of young people

Try
I'm sure
It's never a good idea
my advice to you
When you're
I can ...
100
4 lying
reached I made
find
make
make
4
5
6
7
-,
to see
to give
2
3
4
5
7 sit down
because, to invite
will say, work
When, While, After
with , should, common
10 h
If you wear high-heeled shoes, your feet will hurt.

If you eat healthy food, you'll feel good .
If you go to bed late, you'll be tired.
If you go to Simon's party, you'll see your friend.
If you leave now, you'll miss the end of the match.
out, Students' own answers

up, Students' own answers
away, Students' own answers
down, Students' own answers
off, Students' own answers
off, Students' own answers
down, Students' own answers
2 I think you should
1
2
3
4
8 c
9b
6 a
7j
7 did your dad do
8 haven't finished
5 give up
6 get on
4 f
5i
5 did you meet

6 have known
throw away
look after
find out
2
3
have just won

Did you study, were
Progress check
had
was, waiting
saw, were, doing
didn't enjoy, Did
Did, make, were living
wasn't working, phoned, was watching
Past simple:
1 was directed
2 were played
3 was built
4 were designed
5 were sold
Unit 1a What were they doing

when ... ?
Unit 2a So you think it's easy being

a teacher!
Aims To practise the use of the past continuous

and the topics and vocabulary from the
Introduction and Unit 1.
Aims To practise conversations with everyday

expressions and vocabulary from Units 1 and 2.
Divide the class into two teams.

Explain these rules.
Choose a student to come to the front of the class
and give them a picture. He I she tells the rest of
the class who is in the picture and the title of the
picture.
Then he I she asks the other students in his I her
team to guess what the people in the picture
were doing when it happened -for example
What were the teenagers doing when the

lights went out? Explain that there is more than
one correct answer.
Each student answers in turn, using full sentences.
For example, They were dancing when the
lights went out.

If they give the correct answer AND their grammar
is correct they get a point for their team. The
team with the most points wins.
Unit 1b What present will you

make?
Aims To revise the use of future forms and the
materials vocabulary from Unit 1.
Divide the students into groups of four or five.

Photocopy and cut out one set of the materials
and one set of people cards for each group.
Put the materials cards face down in front of the
group in one pile and the people cards face down
in another pile.
In turn, students pick up one card from each
pile and say what present they will make for the
person using the materials. The other students in
the group can make suggestions or ask questions.
To finish, you might like to ask each group to tell
the class about one present and who it is for, and
the class can vote on the best present. NB: the
material card only shows the type of materials,
e.g. wool, not the form it is in. It could be woollen
cloth or woollen yarn.
Put the students in pairs.

Give one student in each pair the teacher card
from one of the role plays and the other the
student card from the same role play.
The students practise the conversation for 3
minutes.
Monitor the conversations and note any mistakes.
They then change roles and practise a different
role play. Select one or two pairs to perform their
role plays for the whole class.
Go through any mistakes you feel necessary with
the class as a whole.
Unit 2b
The apprentice
Aims To practise use of the present perfect and

past simple in talking about life experience.
Divide students into groups of four or five .

Photocopy one set of cards for each group.
Explain the meaning of apprentice (someone
who works with an experienced person to learn
the job). Give one student in each group the
Master card and the other students a different
Apprentice card. Help students with any
vocabulary they don't know.
The master interviews the apprentices and
chooses the one he I she thinks is best.
Then each master tells the whole class which
apprentice he I she has chosen and why.
Unit 3a
What should we eat?
Unit 4a
clues
Aims To practise vocabulary for food and the

modal verbs might and should.
Aims To practise vocabulary from med ieval

history and narrative writing.
Divide the class into two groups.

Photocopy and cut out the meal cards and the
food cards so there is one set for each group .
To demonstrate the activity put the meal cards
face down on the desk in one pile and the food
cards face down in another pile. Turn over the first
meal card.
Invite a student to pick up one food card and say
whether they should, shouldn't or might use the
food for the meal on the card you turned over
and why. For example: We should eat cereals
Photocopy and cut out the clue cards, and place

them in a pile face down on your desk.
Give each student a blank piece of paper. Explai n
that they are going to write a story using the clues
on the cards.
Turn over the first clue and ask the students for
suggestions about how the story can begin. They
must mention the word on the card clue. For
example, for the card with the picture of a knight,
they might begin with Once upon a time many
for breakfast because they have a lot of

vitamins.
years ago, there was a brave knight.

Write the best sentence on the board and ask
students to copy it onto their piece of paper.
Turn over the second clue card and tell them to
write the next sentence of the story themselves,
reminding them that they must mention the word
from the clue.
When they have done this, students pass their
paper to the person on their left to write the next
part of the story from the next clue card.
They continue passing the papers round and
writing the next sentences until all the clue cards
have been used.
Each student reads out the story on the paper
they are holding at the end.
Go through any mistakes you feel necessary with
the class as a whole.
The students work through the cards in their

groups.
When all the meal cards have been used, mix
them up and start again with the next food card.
You can finish by asking students to tell the class
some of the sentences they made and what their
own ideal meals are.
Unit 3b
Sentence-making race
Aims To practise this

clauses.
is I there are with relative
Divide the class into teams of three or four.

Photocopy the worksheet and give one to each
team .
Explain that students are going take part in a
sentence-making race. Their job is to match one
picture from the This is I These are column
with another from the who I that column and
make sentences. Point out the examples on the
worksheet.
The teams start when you say GO! The first team
to complete the worksheet with correct sentences
wins.
Chain stories from picture
Unit 4b Why are they like that?

Panel game
(
Aims
To practise -ed and -ing adjectives.
Divide the class into two or more teams.

Photocopy and cut out the cards, and place them
in a pile face down on your desk.
Brainstorm a list of -ed and -ing adjectives, for
example bored- boring, excited- exciting,
tired- tiring, and write them on the board.
Turn over the first card. Ask each team to choose
an -ed or -ing adjective to describe the person or
thing on the card. Give each team one minute to
think of why the adjective relates to the person
or thing, for example Why is the boy excited?
Because he has just won a tennis match.

Listen to each team's explanation and give them
one point if they have used the -ed or -ing
adjective in the correct sense and another point
for the correct use of grammar and vocabulary.
Repeat for all cards.
The team with the most points wins.
102
Unit Sa
Dangers to the environment
Unit 6a What will you do if ... ?
Aims To practise vocabulary related to the

environment and passive sentences.
Aims To practise making first conditional

sentences .
Photocopy and cut out the cards, and place them

in a pile face down on your desk.
Explain that the students are going to write about
dangers to the environment and that they must
write a passive sentence about each danger.
Turn over the first card.
Ask students for suggestions about what the
danger is and how it is caused or what it causes.
Then write a correct passive sentence from their
ideas on the board . For example, for the picture
of a traffic jam you could w rite Air pollution is
caused by too many cars. Show the cards in turn
for students to write their sentences. The student
with the most correct sentences w ins.
Photocopy and cut out the problem cards, and

place them in a pile face down on your desk.
Give a student the first card . Ask the student
what the problem on the card is, for example,
(My Mum doesn't like my girl I boy friend.).
Using the first conditional, ask the student how
they will solve the problem . (For example What
will you do if your Mum doesn't like your girl
I boy friend?) The student must answ er using
a first conditional sentence (for example, If my
Mum doesn't like my boyfriend I won't bring
him to the house. ) Use the student's answer
to make another first conditional question (for
example, What will you do if your Mum sees
you with him in the street?)
After th e student an swers, invite other students to
make similar questions beginni ng w ith What will
you do if ... ?
Repeat the process, bringing different students to
the front and using the other problem cards.
You can give students points for making correct
questions and the winner will be the student with
the most points.
Unit Sb
'I'm sorry' role plays
Aims To practise everyday English connected

with making apologies.
Divide the class into pairs.

In each pair, give one student in each pair role
card a from one of the role plays, and the other
role card b from the same role play.
Go through the vocabulary students need to
apologize.
Students do not let their partner see their role
cards. Let them practise the conversation for 3
minutes. Then each pair performs their role play
for the whole class.
You can vary this by using the b role cards.
Students work in pairs but this time the student
with the role card has to explain the situation to a
friend who doesn't know what happened. As they
explain they express their worries. The student
without the role card replies sympathetically using
the expressions from pp . 62-63 in the Student's
Book.
Unit 6b
Solving problems
Aims To practise everyday English conversations

and giving advice.
Put students into four groups.

Photocopy the cartoons and give one cartoon to
each group. Explain that each cartoon shows a
different problem.
The groups use the cartoons to w rite a script
lasting 2-3 minutes. Each group acts out their
script for the class, and the other students give
them advice on w hat they should do.
Unit 1a What were they doing when
104]
Oxford University Press
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 1b What present will you make?
Your teacher
~----------------------------------- - -- - --~
~-----------------------------------------~
A friend
c u ,~ij}
--.. 1&1..
~--- - ------------------------------ - ----- - i
~-----------------------------------------i
Your grandmother
3
I
~-------------------------------- - --------i
~---------------------------------------- - i
Your mother
~-----------------------------------------i
~-----------------------------------------i
Your father
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 2a So you think it's easy being a teacher!

Role Play 1: Teacher role
Role Play 1: Student role
You are a teacher. One of your students
You are a student. You have a lot of free
never does his homework and you are
time activities and you never have time
going to talk to him to tell him he must
for homework, so you don't do it. Your
work harder.
teacher wants to talk to you about it.

Explain to him why he shouldn't give you
homework.
You are an IT teacher. One of your
You are in the IT class and your computer
students is having problems with a virus
is not working. You went on the Internet
and you think he I she has gone on the
and now the mouse and keyboard don't
Internet when you told the students not
work and nothing is moving on the
to. Ask him I her about what sites he/she
screen. Explain what happened.
has looked at and what he/she has used

the computer for.
~------------------------------------------T------------------------------------------,
I
I
I
I
You are an English teacher. One of your
You are a student. Your hobby is playing
students is clever but doesn't read
computer games and you spend all your
anything except what you tell him I her
free time doing this. Your teacher thinks
and comics. Try to change his I her mind
you don't do enough work for school but
so he I she wants to read more.
you always do your homework and you

get good marks. Explain why you need all
your free time for your hobby.
106 I
PHOTOCOPIABLE
2b The Apprentice
Master card
: You are a movie stunt actor and you want to train a new stunt actor. The other members of
1
your group want to be your apprentice and you have to choose the best one. Ask them what
1
they have done and when. Ask about their hobbies, sports, training and work experience.
Apprentice card 1
Apprentice card 2
Name
Smith
Name
Jolly
Education
University of California 2004-2007 -on skiing
scholarship - Diploma in sports studies
Education
Imperial College London 2003-2006 - Engineering
' Work experience

Skiing instructor- Colorado - December 2007 to
April2008
Swimming and Diving Instructor- April 2008 to
now
Hobbies
All sports - California karate champion in 2006,
skiing, snowboarding (since 2005), Judo (started
when 12 years old), started to learn free fall
parachuting in 2009
Work experience
Driver and test driver for motor racing team
2006-2008, Won 2 races in 2007 and 2 in 2008
Journalist for motor magazine 2008 to now
Hobbies
Shooting (for 1 year), fencing (since 2004), driving
fast cars
Won London fencing championship in 2006
~------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------~
Apprentice card 3
Apprentice card 4
Name
Knight
Name
Queen
Education
West Chicago High School 2004-2006
Education
Hong Kong International School 2000-2006
Work experience
Apprentice cook 2006-2008
Shop assistant 2008-now
Work experience
Pilot training 2007-2008
Pilot for parachuting club 2008 to now
Hobbies
Acting- danced in musical April 2007
Dancing (since 4 years old)
Extreme sports - 25 bungee jumps, 6 free fall
parachute jumps
Freestyle skateboard champion of Chicago 2002,
2003 and 2005
Hobbies
Flying, parachuting (since 2008), hang gliding
(started 6 months ago)
Judo (since 10 years old)
PHOTOCOPIABlE
Unit 3a What should we eat?
1 breakfast
3 dinner
2 lunch
~---------------------------+---------------------------+--------------------------1
5 a picnic
4 a snack
bowl of cereal
2 chicken
3 coffee
4 birthday cake
~--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------~
5 fish
6 crisps
7 bacon and eggs
8 jacket potato
~--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------~
9 chocolate bar
......
~'
:
10 grapes
11 nuts
I
1
12 sweets
~-~
1081
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 3b Sentence-making race

I
: This is/ There are
: who/that
~------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------~
~//
j
1 \"""'
1hi5 if> tl1e finger tl1at m~ dog bit.
~--------------------------------------
---+------------------------------------------~
..
--
0.
~------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------i
--41
1..
I
---------t
I
I
I
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 4a Chain stories from picture clues

~------------------------------------------T------------------------------------------~
2 a sword
----------+------------------------------------------~
I
4 a bag of money
-+------------------------------------------~
5 a bow and arrow
6 a castle
------------+-----
--------------------~
8 a shield
+------------------------------------------~
10 a woman screaming
.........___
~
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 4b Why are they like that? Panel game

1 a boy smiling with anticipation
2 a film
I
~------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------i
3 a book
4 a teacher teaching
5 a football match
~------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------i
7 pupils listening to a teacher
~------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------i
9 fans listening to music at concert

JC
10 a girl reading a book
~ -~
-~
-- --------------- --------
r~~~
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit Sa Dangers to the environment

r------------------------------------------T------------------------------------------,
I
I
I
I
I
I
'~!
~
--d
~
..
'="
~~ ,~
":!'
.
~
__
........ ~-
~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
1121
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 5b 1m sorry' role plays

r------------------------------------------T------------------------------------------,
I
Role Play 1: Role a
Role Play 1: Role b
You lent your friend your computer but
You borrowed your friend's computer
he I she hasn't given it back to you. Ask
and you broke it. You have to tell him I
him I her if you can have it.
her what happened and say that you are

sorry.
r------------------------------------------T------------------------------------------,
I
I
I
Role Play 2: Role a
Role Play 2: Role b
You have lost your dog. Ask your partner
You were in your partner's house and you
if he I she has seen it.
left the door open and the dog ran out
:
I
I
and ran away.
r------------------------------------------T------------------------------------------,
I
'
Role Play 3: Role a
Role Play 3: Role b
You are the school librarian. Your partner
You borrowed a book from the school
borrowed a library book and did not bring
library and you lost it. Now the school
it back in time. Ask him I her for the book.
librarian wants to see you.
r------------------------------------------T------------------------------------------,
I
Role Play 4: Role a
Role Play 4: Role b
Your partner is cooking you a surprise
You are cooking dinner for your partner
dinner, but he I she is taking a very long
but you have burnt the meat and it
time. Ask if you can help with the cooking.
cannot be eaten. You have to tell him I her

something.
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit &a What will you do if
Your parents don't let you

go to concerts
Your Mum doesn't like

your boy I girl friend
~------------------------------------------+---------- - ----- - -------------------------i

I
I
I
Your teacher gives you

too much homework
I
I
I
Your best friend steals all

your boy I girl friends
t------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------i
I
I
I
Your parents won't let you

use the Internet
1141
You lose your mobile phone
Oxford Un iversity Press
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit &b Solving problems
,... - -
~ -- --------------------------------- -- -----+---
I
I
I
I
I
PHOTOCOPIABLE
1
Before watching the DVD
Roman Britain
Make two columns on the board with the headings

Used to do and Have done this year. Ask students
to tell you things they used to do but do not do now
and write their ideas in column 1. Ask them to tell you
anything interesting they have done this year and write
their responses in column 2.
Ask students what they know abut the Romans.

Who were they? When did they live? Where did they
go? Tell students to read the questions quickly before
playing the whole report for students to circle the
correct answers. Go through the answers with the
class.
While watching the DVD
Answer key
1c
How has life changed since you were ten?
Explain that students are going to watch and listen

to some people talking about things they used to
do compared to what they do now. Ask them to
read the statements in exercise 1, then play the first
part of the DVD (until Alex says ... she doesn't any
more).
Students watch, listen and decide if the statements
are true or false. If they are false, ask students
to write the correct information. Go through the
.answers with the class.
Answer key
1 True
2 False (She is now at secondary school.)
3 False (Poppy used to live in London. Christo used
to live in California .)
4 False (He says now he can go out with friends
and do different sports, so things are better.)
5 True
6 True
Ask students to quickly read the list of places before

playing the first part of the DVD again . Tell them to
tick the places they hear. Go through the answ ers
with the class.
Answer key
Banbury
High Wycombe
California
London
Oxford
Staffordshire
What's the most exciting thing you've done ... ?
116
Ask students to look at the two columns and guess

which person did which event. Play the next part
of the DVD (until Steve says ... diving with great
white sharks in South Africa). Students listen
and match the pictures to the events to see if their
guesses were right. Go through the answers w ith the
class.
Answer key
1 c
2 f
3 a
4 e
5 d
2a
3c
4b
5b
Ask students to label the pictures on their own, and

then check their answ ers w ith a partner. Go through
the answers with the class.
Answer key
a cooking
b jewellery
c clothes
Tell students to read the statements and decide

whether they are true or false. If they are false, ask
students to write the correct information. Play the
whole report again for students to check and correct
their answers if necessary. Go through the answers
with the class.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
False . (They were fighting the tribes in the North.)

True
True
False. (It's an invitation to a birthday party.)
False. (They think it will take another 100 years to
finish the work. )
After watching the DVD

Activity A
Each student writes something they used to do on
a piece of paper, e.g. I used to go swimming on
Saturdays. Students walk around the class asking
each other if they also used to do the activity,
for example Did you use to go swimming on
Saturdays? At the end, students tell the class
what their activity was and how many other
students used to do it.
Activity B
Students imagine they are Roman soldiers living at
Hadrian's Wall. They write a letter home to their
family in Rome, telling them about their life in
Britain. They can use these headings
the wall and the fort
the local people
daily life
Tell students they have to imagine they have done

something that made them famous. Go round the class
asking each student what they have done. Each student
has to think of a different idea. At the end, the class
vote on who they think has become the most famous.
Answer key
Name: Agatha Christie
Place of birth: Torquay
Date of birth : 15th September 1890
Number of novels written: Over 80
Number of novels sold: Over 2 billion
Date of first marriage: 1914
First novel: The Mysterious Affair at Styles
Two most famous characters: Miss Marple and
Hercule Poirot

Tell students they are going to see people talking about
fame. Play the whole of the first part of Un it 2 (from the
beginning to the start of the report) for them to watch,
listen and see if any of their ideas are mentioned.
Have you ever been on television?
Give the students a minute or two to read the

statements, then play the first part of the unit (from
the beginning until Alex says I haven't but I'd like
to) for students to decide if the statements are true
or false .
Answer key
( -_1__
T___2__F
____3__F___4___F___s__T________
Give students time to read the table before playing

the report again for students to complete it. Go
through the answers with the class.
Ask students to work in pairs and try to circle the

correct answers. If necessary, play the report again.
Go through the answers with the class.
Answer key
(
1c
2a
3a
4b
Sc
Would you like to be famous?
Ask students to look at the pictures and try to

remember or guess how to complete the speech
bubbles. Then play the next part of the recording
(until Alex says I'd like to be rich) for students
to check or correct their answers if necessary. Go
Activity A
Answer key
Activity B
1
2
3
4
athlete
no interest
being famous
I'm older
5 celebrity
6 publicity
7 be rich
Put students into pairs. One person is Agatha

Christie and the other is a journalist. The joumalist
asks questions using the table from activity 4 page
123 as a prompt, for example Where were you
born?
Students work in groups to make a list of the

problems that famous people can have. Ask the
groups to read their lists and ask the class for ideas
to solve the problems mentioned.
Agatha Christie
Before playing the report ask students what they know,
if anything, about Agatha Christie, Hercule Poirot or
Miss Marple.
Give students a minute or two to read the questions,

then play the report for students to answer. Go
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
Over 100
American
She got 25.
She spent 11 days there.
Mary Westmacott was Agatha Christie. She
wrote romantic novels under this name.
Activity C
Students write a newspaper article about Agatha
Christie's disappearance. Ask them to write about:
where she went
why she went
who was looking for her
how she was found.

You may want to replay the relevant part of the
film before they start.
J
.
Rugby
Put students into groups and give them three minutes

to make a list of all the things they should do to be
healthy. Ask the group with the longest list to read it
out. (You can tell students to use sentences with should
when doing this). Ask other groups if they have any
ideas not mentioned by the first group
Before playing the recording ask students if they know

anything about rugby and if they have played it.
Ask them to look at the events in exercise 4. Play

the whole report for students to match the dates to
the events. Go through the answers with the class.
Answer key
1
2
3
4
Do you exercise, and do you have a good

diet?
Give students time to read the list of activities and

then play the first part of Unit 3 (until Sabrina says
I don't know about my diet) for students to fill in
the names. Go through the answers with the class .
1845
1567
2007
1823
Give students time to read the statements and then

play the report again for students to decide if the
statements are true or false. Go through the answers
with the class.
Answer key
Tell students to look at the questions in exercise 6.

Ask them to work in pairs to answer the questions.
If necessary play the report again. Go through the
Answer key
4 Emma
5 Poppy
1 Robbie
2 Poppy
3 Christo
Ask students to look at the pictures and identify the

names (Robbie, Poppy, Christo and Daniel) Tell
them to listen for who thinks they have a very good
diet. Play the first part of the unit again for them to
identify the person
( Answer key
Poppy and Daniel
What could you do to be healthier?
Give students time to read the table in a and the

question b before playing the next part of the unit
(until Sabrina says walk my dogs more for students
to tick what they hear in a and the answer question
in b. Go through the answers with the class.
Exercise
more
Eat less
Eat more
chocolate fruit I
I sweets
veg
,/
,/
,/
1181
5T
Answer key
1 They were very large, very violent and didn't
have any real rules.
2 It's a school where people also live during term
time .
3 The number of players: Rugby Union has 15
players and Rugby League has 13.
4 You can score a 'goal' or a 'try'.
5 They win a cup: the Webb Ellis Trophy.
Divide the class into groups to write the script for

a TV programme giving teenagers advice about
healthy living. Ask each group to perform their
script for the class.
Have
more
sleep
Ask students to imagine they have just played their

first game of rugby. They have to write an e-mail
to a friend describing it. They should mention :
where they played
what they had to do
who won
if they enjoyed it and why I why not
,/
,/
,/
Sabrina
b
4F
Adivity B
Abbie
Poppy
3F
Activity A
Corban
2T
Answer key
Emma
1 F
Walking the dogs
,/
Answer key
Ask students to write one thing that frightens them on

a piece of paper. (For example, I am afraid of spiders. )
Students walk around the class asking each other
whether they are afraid of the same th ing (Are you
afraid of spiders?) When they have finished, students
report how many people share thei r fear and you make
a list of the most feared things.
PLACES
Nepal - Steve
Wales- Daniel
ACTIVITES
giving a speech - Poppy
walking across a high bridgeCorban
France- Sabrina jumping off a cliff- Laura
rock-climbing- Christo and Daniel
King Arthur
Are you brave? Why do you think you're

brave?
Give students a minute or tw o to read the

statements, then play the first part of Unit 4 (until
Abbie says ... I'm reasonably brave) for students
to decide if the statements are t ru e or false. Go
through the answers with the cl ass.
Answer key
(
1F
2T
3T
4F
5T
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
~-~
Ask students if they can remember the sports

mentioned and, if they can, to write them in their
exercise books. Pl ay t he first part of Un it 4 again for
students to check thei r answers an d complete the list
of sports. Go through the answers with the class.
Answer key
rugby
mountain-biking
snowboarding
diving with sharks
Before watching the DVD, ask students if they

have seen any films about King Arthur and if they
know anything about him. Ask different students
to read each question out loud, and invite students
to suggest the answers. Play the whole report for
the students to write the answers. Go through the
answers w ith the class.
Over 150,000
Merlin
15
It w as King Arthur's home.
Because Glastonbury was surrounded by water a
long time ago.
Ask students to read the statements . Then play the

report again for students to listen and circle the
correct answers. Go through the answers with the
class.
Answer key
1 5th or 6th
2 Guinevere
3 poor family
4 14th
5 Isle of Avalon
6 King Arthur's body
What's the most frightening thing you've ever

done?
Give the students time to read the lists of places and

activities . Then play the next part of the DVD (until
Emma says a totally new experience) for students
to tick the places and activities they hea r. Go over
their answers.

Activity A
Work in pairs. Students tell their partners who
their hero is and why. Then students tell the class
about their partner's hero.
Answer key
PLACES
Nepal
Wales
France
ACTIVITES
giving a speech
walking across a high bridge
rock-climbing
Ask students if they can remember who talked about

the places and activities they heard . Play the second part
of Unit 4 again for them to check their answers. Go
through the answers w ith the class.
Activity B
Play the report again, but with the sound turned
off. Stop the video at these scenes and invite
students to talk about the picture on the screen.
Scenes to stop at:
1 Arthur, Merlin and Guinevere (1.14 mins)
2 knights jousting (1.16 mins)
3 knights at the round table (1.27 mins)
4 Stonehenge (1 .44 mins)
5 the sword in the rock (2 .28 mins)
5
Before you watch the DVD
Sydney
With students, brainstorm a list of ways we can help the

environment and write their ideas on the board .

How green are you?
Play both the first two parts of Unit 5 (until Alex says
turn off telly) for students to listen and identify any of
their ideas which are mentioned in the recording.
Answer key
'
4
Recycling
Turning
lights
off
Corban
.I
Abbie
.I
.I
Poppy
.I
.I
Having a
shower
instead of
a bath
Cycling
.I
1 F
2 T
3 T
4 F
5 T
.I
Christo
.I
Activity A
Sabrina
.I
Students work in groups to prepare a poster on

how they and others can help the environment.
They can use the ideas from the film and their own
ideas.
Daniel
What should everyone do to protect the

environment?
Give students time to look at the pictures and read
the suggestions . Explain that some suggestions
are made by more than one person. Then play the
second part of the vox pops again (from the question
What should everyone do ... until Alex says turn
off telly) for students to match the pictures to the
suggestions. Go through the answers with the class.
Answer key
1 b, c
2 a, b
3 b
4 a
1201
Give students time to read the statements before

playing the report again for them to decide if the
answ ers are true or false . Go through the answers
w ith the class.
Answer key
(
Charlie
Location in Australia: south-east coast

Population: about 4 million
Other name: The Harbour City
First Europeans arrived: 26th January 1788
Number of tourists per year: 2.5 million
Most famous for: the Opera House and the
Harbour Bridge
Harbour Bridge opened: 1932
Length of this bridge: just over 1 km
Give students a minute or two to read the table in

exercise 1a and the question in exercise 1 b. Then
play only the first part of the recording again (until
Sabrina says quite into saving the planet) for
students to complete the table and answer the
question. Go through the answers with the class.
Answer key
Before students look at the w orksheet ask them

what they know about Australia . Ask them if any
of them have been there or if they have got family
there . Draw the ir attention to the table and ask if
they know any of the information. Play the whole
report for students to complete the table . Go
through the answ ers w ith the class.
5 b, c
6 d, e
7 c
Activity B
Students imagine they are visiting Sydney and
write a postcard home to a friend, saying what
they did and what they saw.
Activity C
Divide the class into two groups, if it is a small
class, or four groups, if it's larger. Tell students
they have to make a quiz about the information
in the film. Play the report again for each group to
write five questions on a piece of paper. They ask
the other group(s) the questions and the first to
answer each question correctly gets a point. The
winner is the group with the most points.
Volunteering
Tell students to imagine that the school is organizing a

'good-deed day' where each student has to volunteer to
do one good deed to help someone or something. Give
them one minute to think of what they can do, then ask
them to tell the class their idea and write the ideas on
the board.
Answer key
(~
- -1__T___2___
F ___3__T____
4__T____
5 __
F _______
Go over the list of the students' ideas, and leave it on

the board while you play the first three parts of the DVD
(until Alex says on the environment or landscapes)
for students to listen for any ideas that they did not
think of themselves.
Do you do any volunteer work?
Give students a minute to read the question then

play the first part of the film again (until Alex says
I don't, but I'd like to) for students to match the
names to the activities. Go through the answers w ith
the class.
Answer key
(
1e
2c
3b
4a
5d
Do you think all teenagers should be

volunteers?
Ask students what they think about this question.

Give them a minute to read the question and the
ideas and then play the next part of the film (until
Alex says it's up to them) for students to identify
who fits each description. Go through the answers
with the class.
Answer key
1 Alex
2 Poppy
3 Sabrina
What kind of volunteer work would you

like to do?
Ask students to read the statements. Ask if they

can remember what goes in the gaps from their
first viewing. Play the third part of the Unit (until
Alex says on the environment or landscapes)
for students to complete the gaps. Go through the
Answer key
1
2
3
4
5
6
community
animals
children
elderly
homeless
environment... landscapes
Give students time to read the statements. If

students ask what nurdle means, explain that it is
an unusual word and it will be explained in the film.
Play the whole of the report for students to decide if
the statements true or false. Go through the answers
with the class.
Put students into pairs to read the questions and

try to write the answers before watching the report
again. Play the whole report again for them to check
or complete their answers. Go through the answers
with the class.
Answer key
1 Diving and snorkelling
2 Over 33,000 volunteers help the organization
every year.
4 Birds and animals eat them.
5 They collect over five tons of rubbish each year.
6 It advertises in local papers or on the Internet.
7 Volunteers can clean the beach and do snorkel
surveys.

Activity A
Divide students into two teams, a 'B' team and
an 'S' team. Explain that you are going to show
the film again and each team has to make a list of
things they see that begin with their letter, 'B' or
'S'. Play the whole report again but without sound.
Play again to check the words listed. The team
with the most correct words wins.
Activity B
Students write a letter to a friend about a
volunteering activity they have participated in .
They may choose to write about something they
have done, they would like to do, or they can
imagine they took part on the beach cleaning
activity shown in the film. They should mention:
what they did
when they did it
where they did it
if they enjoyed it and why I why not
How has your life changed

since you were ten?
Roman Britain
4 Watch the report.@the correct answer.
1 Watch the first part of the DVD. Are the

statements true (T) or false (F)?
1 Tony used to live in a small town .
2 Abbie goes to the same school she went to

ten years ago.
1 The Stanegate road went
a from north to south
c from east to w est
2 Vindolanda was
b a road
c a wall
a a fort
3 Hadrian's wall was
b 122km long
a 80km long
c 117 km long
4 In 1973, archaeologists found some
b Roman tablets
a Roman games
c Roman jewellery
5 One of the tablets mentions
b two pairs of sandals
a two pairs of socks
c five pairs of underpants
3 Poppy and Christo both used to live in
London .
4 Charlie prefers the life he had when he

was ten .
5 Alex's mum used to read him stories.
D
D
6 Emma doesn 't go dancing now because
she doesn't like it.
Watch the first part of the DVD again.

Tick (.1) the places you hear.
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Nottingham
Northampton
High Wycombe
Scotland
Banbury
Cambridge
California
London
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Match the words to the pictures. There is one

word too many.
games
Yorkshire
clothes
jewellery
cooking
Barnsley
Dublin
Ireland
York
Austria
Oxford
Staffordshire
What's the most exciting

thing you have done ... ?
3
b around the fort
Watch the next part of the DVD. Match the

people in A to the events in B.
6 Watch the report again. Are the statements true

(T) or false (F)?
A
1
2
3
4
5
Laura_
Christo_
Emma_
Poppy_
Anna_
6 Steve_
B
a
b
c
d
e
hasn't done anything exciting

became a father
ran a race
was involved in a school play
went to a theme park
f went to Canada
1 In AD85, Roman soldiers were in England

to fight the tribes in Wales.
2 Hadrian's Wall is protected by the United
Nations.
3 Vindolanda is important because it tells us
about the Roman way of life.
4 One of the letters is an invitation to
a wedding.
5 Archaeologists have finished working at

Vindolanda.
122
D
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Have you ever been on

television?
Agatha Christie
3 Watch the report. Answer the questions.

1
Five people have never been on TV.
Corban was in a televised charity football

match at primary school.
Two people said they'd like to be on TV.
Daniel was on TV last year.
Poppy has read some poetry on TV.
1 How many languages have Agatha Christie's

books been published in?
D
2 What was the nationality of Agatha's father?
D
D
D
D
3 How much money did Agatha Christie get for her

first story?
4 How long did Agatha Christie spend in Harrogate

in 1926?
Would you like to be

famous?
2
5 Who was Mary Westmacott?
Watch the next part of the DVD. Complete the

speech bubbles.
Christo
Watch the report again. Complete the fact file.
Name: Agatha Christie

Place of birth:
Yes, as an
Date of birth:
No, I've 2_ _ _ _ _ __
in 3 _ _ _ _ _ __
Robbie
I would like to play

for England when
Number of novels written: _ _ _ _ __

Number of novels sold: _ _ _ _ _ __
Date of first marriage: _ _ _ _ _ __
First novel: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Two most famous characters: _ _ _ __
Abbie
Yes, but not to be a

5
1 Every September in Torquay, they

a publish a new book b walk around the town
Corban
No, I wouldn't like the
6 _ _ _ _ _ __
Alex
Yes, I would like to
7
-------
PHOTOCOPIABLE
5 @the correct answer.
c have a festival
2 In 1926, people thought Agatha's husband
a murdered her b divorced her
c recognized her in a hotel
3 It took Agatha 15 years to write
a her autobiography b her last novel
c six romantic novels
4 Her last book was published
a in 1970 b in 1976 c in 1986
5 People call Agatha Christie
a the Scene of Crime b the Crime Queen
c the Queen of Crime
Do you exercise, and do

you have a good diet?
1 Watch the first part of the DVD. Write the
names.
Who ...
1 plays footbal l? _ _ _ _ _ __
2 is a vegetarian ? _ _ _ _ _ __
Rugby
4 Watch the report. Match the dates to the events.
1567
1823
1845
2007
1 Three boys wrote new rules for rugby. _ _ __
2 Rugby school opened for the first time. _ __

3 South Africa won the Webb Ellis trophy. _ __
4 William Webb Ellis broke the rules of rugby. _ _
3 runs a lot? _ _ _ _ _ _ __
4 plays netball? _ _ _ _ _ __
5 doesn't exercise? _ _ _ _ __
5 Watch the report again. Are the statements true

(T) or false (F)?
often played football.
2 Watch the first part of the DVD again. Tick (.t)

the people who think they have a very good diet.
Before the sixteenth century, kings and queens
Girls can go to Rugby School now.
Rugby union is only played in England .
A game of rugby lasts 90 minutes.
The Rugby Union World Cup is played

every four years.
D
D
6 Answer the questions. Then watch the report

again and check.
1 What were football matches like in the
sixteenth century?
What should you do to

be healthier?
2 What is a boarding school?
3 a Watch the next part of the DVD. Tick (.t)the

things the students talk about.
3 What is the main difference between

Rugby Union and Rugby League?
4 How do you w in points in rugby?
5 What do t he winners of the Rugby World Cup win ?
b What other form of exercise is mentioned?
124
Oxford University Press PHOTOCOPIABLE
King Arthur
Are you brave? Why do

you think you're brave?
4 Watch the report. Answer the questions.
1 How many people go to the Glastonbury music

festival every June?
1 Both Steve and Tony are confident when

talking in front of groups of people.
2 Anna is afraid of flying .

3 Poppy doesn't like spiders.
D
D
D
Who brought these stones

~-J!
- - 'I !{.li
.
Arthur story?
~--
5 Sabrina is brave when she acts on stage.
D
D
Watch the first part of the DVD again. Write the

four sports activities that you hear.
./:?
4 Laura found it difficult to feel brave when

she moved to the UK .
from Ireland in the King
t~....,. """ ~"'""';;.;;c-
"'"1(1~.,
3 How old was King Arthur when he pulled a

magic sword out of a stone?
4 What is Camelot?
5 Why do people think that Glastonbury was the

Isle of Avalon?
What's the most

frightening thing you've
ever done?
3
Watch the next part of the DVD. Tick (.1) the

places or activities you hear.
PLACES
D
D
D
Kenya
Nepal
Wales
D Italy
D France
D Australia
5 Watch the report again and~the correct

answer.
1 King Arthur lived in the 5th or 6th I 12th
century.
2 The name of King Arthur's wife was Guinevere I
Merlin.
3 King Arthur grew up in a palace /poor family.
4 A copy of the Round Table was made in the 16th
I 14th century.
5 King Arthur went to the Isle of Avalon I
Camelot to die.
6 It is said that, in 1190, monks discovered
Stonehenge I King Arthur's body.
ACTIVITIES
D
D
swimming across a fast river

giving a speech
D walking across a high bridge

D jumping off a cliff
D doing a parachute jump
D rock-climbing
PHOTOCOPIABLE
5
SUGGESTIONS
How green are you?
a We should ride a bicycle I take buses
1 a Watch the first part of the DVD. Tick(.!) the

things that the students talk about.
Recycling
Turning
lights off
Having a
shower
instead of
a bath
Cycling
b We should recycle
c We should use less energy (lights, TV, etc)

d We shouldn't pollute the rivers and seas
e We shouldn't drop rubbish
SYDNEY
Corban
3 Watch the report. Complete the fact file.
Abbie
Poppy
Location in Australia:
Charlie
Christo
Population:
\Sabrina
___/
Also known as:
b Who says that they are not very green?
First Europeans arrived: _________
What should everyone

do to protect the
environment?
2
Watch the next part of the DVD. Match the

students with the suggestions. Some students
make more than one suggestion.
STUDENTS
1
Number of tourists per year: _ _ _ _ __

Most famous for: ___________
and _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Harbour Bridge opened: _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Length of this bridge: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
4 Watch the report again. Are the statements (T)

or false (F)?
f"'lllll!!llll
1 Most of the people who live in Sydney

were born there .
2 The first Europeans arrived on seven ships.
3 The ships brought English prisoners to
Australia.
4 600,000 cross the Harbour Bridge

5
every day.
5 The Opera House was designed by

a Danish man .
6 It has got a thousand rooms.
1261
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Do you do any volunteer

work?
1 Watch the first part of the DVD. Match the
people in 1-5 with their experiences in a-e.
1
2
3
4
5
Charlie
a doesn't do any volunteer work
Emma
Abbie
Christo
b
c
d
e
Sabrina
is involved in a project in Africa

helps younger children with sport
volunteers at an animal rescue centre
helps a farmer look after his animals
Volunteering
4 Watch the report. Are the statements true (T) or
false (F)?
1 The Wildlife Trust has groups around
the UK.
2 Steve Trewhella is a diver.
3 Nurdles eventually become bottles

and bags.
Do you think all

teenagers should be
volunteers?
2
Watch the next part of the DVD. Write the

names.
Who ...
1 thinks that teenagers shouldn't have to do
vo lunteer work? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
2 isn't sure whether teenagers should have to
Nurdles can be dangerous.
5 The Wildlife Trust doesn't have many

young volunteers.
D
D
D
D
D
5 Watch the report again and answer the

questions.
1 What two activities are popular in Kimmeridge
Bay?
2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
2 How many volunteers help the organization
every year?
do volunteer work? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
3 mentions volunteer work with animals?

4 Who or what eats nurdles?
What kind of volunteer

work would you like to
do?
3
Watch the next part of the DVD. Complete the

sentences.
5 How much rubbish do the volunteers collect in

Dorset each year?
6 Which two places does the organization

advertise for volunteers?
1 Christo would like to help in the local _ __
2 Poppy and Emma are both interested in working

with _ __
3 Corban would like to work with _ __

4 Robbie thinks it is a good idea to work with the
5 Sabrina would like to help _ _ _ people.

6 If Alex did volunteer work it, he'd like to do work
on the _ __
PHOTOCOPIABLE
7 Write two things volunteers can do.
Look at the chart. Write sentences about how

Shelly has changed. Use used to.
Unit 1 Test
1
Aged 10
Look at the pictures. Complete the sentences

with the words in the box.
baggy jJlaffl striped short slee~ted
long-sleeved high-heeled checked
wear
pink shoes
high-heeled boots
hobby
collecting badges
listeA to music
listening to music,
playing the guitar
food
chicken and chips
spaghetti
Bolognese
drink
ce#ee
coffee
get up
7am
8.15 am
straight
Example
Alex is w earing
a 2\ain >norHole-e-ve-d
T-shirt.
1 Sam is wearing a
2 Max is w earing
shirt.
shorts.
Andie is wearing
Willie is wearing a
T-shirt.
5 Nicky is w earing a
T-shirt.
6 Cameron is wearing
Now
I
I
Example
shoes.
Wne-n f>ne- Waf> te-n, 'i:Jne-\1~ Uf>e-d to we-ar pink f>tlOe-f>.

Now f>ne- we-ar> ni9n-ne-e-\e-d boot>.
jeans.
I
I
I
I
4
Alex Max
Complete the sentences using

have to, could or couldn't.
Willie Nicky Sam Cameron Andie
MM;iii
/6
/4
had to, didn't
Kelly's mum was working late, so Kelly nad to

make dinner.
1 The cinema was very close, so they
Complete the text using the correct form of the

verb in brackets.
While I ___'@_L_ (be) in a History class yesterday,
(happen).
something very unusual 1
Our teacher 2
(tell) us about Queen
(fight) the
Boudicca and how she 3
Romans, when suddenly I 4
(hear) a
5
(turn) round.
noise behind me. I
A woman with long hair and strange clothes
6
(sit) there .
'Hello', she 7
(say), '1 8
(be)
Boudicca.'
'What 9
you
(do) here?'
I asked her.
(hear) your teacher talk
'Well, I 10
about my battles w ith the Romans and I wanted to
hear more.'
130
IM;i;jii
walk very far.
2 Charlie had an exam on Thursday so he

go to bed late on Wednesday.
3 Sam
sing and dance, so she got a
part in the school musical.
Maths is easy for Pam, so she
revise
hard for the exam .
5 It was raining hard, so they
see the
top of the mountain.

6 We were late for school, so we
ru n
all the way.
/6
110 )
<JJ
Oxfo'd un;'e";ty p,e
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Read the text and answer the questions.
Sutton Hoo
Sutton Hoo is a famous archaeological site in Suffolk
in England, not far from the town ofWoodbridge.
It is a burial site- a place where ancient people put
dead bodies- and archaeologists think it was used in
the 7th centmy. Archaeologists started to dig on the
site in r939 and they found many interesting things
which gave them useful information about a period of
British history that they didn't know much about.
1 Which town is Sutton Hoo near?
2 What was Sutton Hoo in the 7th century?
3 When did they begin to dig on the site?
4 Why is Sutton Hoo important?
5 Why weren't they surprised to find graves at

Sutton Hoo?
No one was surprised that they found a burial site at

Sutton Hoo. People already knew that there were a
lot of small hills called mounds in the area, and they
knew that the Anglo-Saxons made these mounds
when they buried their dead. But they were surprised
by what they found when they dug up the biggest
mound. They were amazed to discover a whole ship,
or boat, which was about 27 metres long. They did
not find a dead body, though, and this puzzled them
for a time. But then they used chemical tests which
showed that there used to be a body. However, over
the centuries it decomposed into nothing.
The Sutton Hoo site is now open to the public. Not
vety many foreign tourists go to that part of England.
However, when they are in London, they can go to
the British Museum where they can see a lot of the
objects from Sutton Hoo and read about its history.
6 What did they find that surprised them?
7 What puzzled them at first about the buried ship?
8 Where in London can you find some things from

Sutton Hoo?
/16 )
Writing
6 You bought some new clothes at the weekend.
Write to your friend and tell them about them.
Write about:
When you bought them.
Where you bought them .
What they are made of and look like.
How much you paid.
IM!j;Jij
/8
/50 )
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 2 Test
Complete the sentences with for or since.

1 Sally has been at work
1 Write a sentence about each picture using the

present perfect and one or more prepositions.
8.30 this
morning.
four
2 My brother lived in London
jump
years.
3 I've studied English
five years.
4 We've lived in this house
I was
eleven.
5 Julian has known Tim
they started
school together.
6 We're going to London
the
weekend.
iM;i;ji
/6
3 Change the sentences into questions using

7 come
question tags.
JI~IA~'~rit
1 You know Brian.
2 Simon can read Chinese.
3 Carla has been to New York.
Example
1he. man naf> jumped off tne. wall.

4 The weather's great today.
5 You'd like a coffee .
3
4
IMi!i!i
/5
7
8
'f*Mi
132
/8
4 Complete the text with the correct words in the
1 Bob is a successful novelist._
brigade contestant celebrity autograph

arrested 5Tatieft host recognized
2 His dogs are dangerous. _
We have had news of a fire on the local TV r,tation

It happened in the studios during a game show
earlier this evening. The building is still burning,
but the fire 1
has arrived. The firemen
have started rescuing people. So far the winning
2
and the 3
of the show,
Dan Smith, have got out of the building. However,
other people are still inside.
When the crowd saw a 4
like Mr Smith,
5
they all
him and ran forward with
pens and paper to ask for his 6
. There
was a fight and the police have 7
two
people . A spokesman says that they think that the
fire was started deliberately.
IMJ;Jij
11
5 Read the article about Bob Willis. Are the

statements true (T) or false (F) or doesn't it say
(DS)?
Crime writing from. experience

I met author Bob Willis in his country cottage
in Dorset, where he lives with his wife and three
dogs. We talked in his study where he wrote his
new best-selling crime story. The dogs lay at his
feet. They are large wolfhounds . The sort of dog
you'd expect to find in a crime nove l, but Bob
insisted there was nothing dangerous about them.
He bought them because he likes walking in the
hills and wanted someone (or something) to go
with him.
I asked him what it was like to become rich and
famous with his very first novel. He laughed
and told me that he wasn't making a fortune
but the extra money was useful . Fortune or no
fortune, Bob has become a celebrity in his home
village. He says he finds it difficult when strangers
recognize him in the street, and he doesn't know
what to say to them .
Bob is an ex-detective who retired to become
a crime novelist. He worked on several murder
investigations, which were where he got a lot of
ideas for his story of a wave of killings between
rival drug gangs . He says he doesn 't miss his old
life. He prefers the excitement of finding out how
many people have bought his book. It comes out
in paperback next week. Read it!
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Example
Bob is not married. _f_
box.
3 He has written several books._
4 Bob has made over 500,000. _

5 Bob used to be a detective._
6 Bob used to investigate killings. _
7 There is more than one murder in his novel. _
8 You can buy the novel in paperback in the shops
now._
IMJMI
/16 )
Writing
6 Look at the things Frank has done in the
summer holidays. Complete the e-mail to his
friend saying what he's done. Say why he
enjoyed or didn't enjoy it.
Coldplay concert
tennis lessons@
made friends with Cindy
moved house
entered competition and won
Hi Rob,
It's a long time since I last wrote and a lot has
happened. It's been an exciting three months.
What about you . Write and tell me what's new.

:-) Frank
IM;i;Hj
/8
@(,Uiji
/SO)
3 What are the things made from? Match the
Revision Test 1
material to the pictures.
1 ~Listen. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F).

Example
1 leather
[9
2 rubber
Simon is going to sell raffle tickets. _I
3 plastic
1 Greg will work with Jules. _ _
4 1ron
2 The secretary is going to dress up as a clown.
5 stone
6 cotton
3 Alec will take photographs. _ _
7 wool
4 Flora and Sandy will se ll drinks and crisps. _ _

5 All the students have to bring old clothes to sell.
6 The school will buy four computers with the

money. _ _
7 They hope to raise 1,200 pounds. _ _
8 Mrs Williams will count the money. _ _
if1;13
/8
2. Complete the sentences using the words in the

box.
down
into
out of
off
through
1 The stunt man almost fell
the
bridge as he ran across it.
2 Tamsin jumped
3 The cat crept
the swimming pool.
iflt!M3
the window in the
roof into Sean's bedroom .
I6
4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of
4 Mr Jenkins drove his car
the verbs in brackets.
to the
beach.
5 Paul had a nightmare and fell
bed
onto the floor.
~\M;Hi
/5
Every year, the pupils in year twelve k (do) work

experience for one week . They usually 1_ _ _ __
(work) in banks or shops, but sometimes one
lucky pupil 2
(get) the chance to do
something more exciting. Last week one boy
in my class, Tommy Jones, 3
(start)
one of the best work experiences you could ever
4
(imagine) .
Last month, when our teacher 5
(visit)
his parents, he 6
(meet) his cousin
who 7
(work) in the movie industry.
He offered to take one pupil for two weeks' work
experience, and so Tommy 8
(be) at
the film studio for a week. He 9
just
_ _ _ _ _ (play) his first role in a film. That was
yesterday, when he 10
(have to) ride a
motor bike in a short scene . Some people have all
the luck!
ifd!i;Jii
1341
/10 )
Dear Mrs Carter,

Thank you for your letter.
Please do not worry about Amanda's work at school.
We don't think it is important.
Dear Mr and Mrs Black,
In the holidays Amanda works as an actress. She used

to do small jobs, but she's started working in films
and TV, so she does not have much time for her school
work. She has to learn her lines for her TV and film
roles so she cannot always do her homework or work
on projects . We know her marks are not very good at
the moment, but they are not too bad.
I am writing to you about your daughter Amanda

because I am worried about her school work. She
used to be such a good student but now her marks
are not very good- she got less than fifty per cent in
her Geography test. In fact, only her PE and Drama
teachers are happy with her.
According to her teachers she doesn't want to work
any more. She often forgets her homework and she
never does her projects on time. She used to be the
first to hand in her Science projects but now she is
usually the last. Added to this, she doesn't revise
the work she learns in class, so she just doesn 't
remember much. This is the main reason for her
bad marks .
We think Amanda's career is more important than

her school work. We hope she is going to be rich and
famous when she is older, and good marks at school
will not really matter. It is important that her teachers
don't get angry ~ith her. We don't want her to worry
about lessons as 1t m1ght upset her acting.
Yours sincerely,
Celia and Robert Black
Could you let me know why this has happened?

Is she ill or is there another reason w hy she has
stopped working? Please can yo u also make sure
that she spends some time reading her lesson notes
and make sure that she does her homework and
projects on time? All of us at school think she can
be much better and we want her to do well.
Complete the sentences with
been or gone.
1 Harry has _ _ _ _ _ to the USA. He went for

a holiday last year.
2 'Where's Mum?' 'She's _ _ _ _ _ to the
Yours sincerely,
J R Carter
Head teacher
Springwood School
shops.'
3 'Where's Claudia _ _ _ _ _ ?' 'Don't worry,

she'll be back in ten minutes.'
4 Where's the most interesting place you've
5 Read the two letters. Are the sentences true (T)
_ _ _ _ _ to?
or false (F) or doesn't it say (DS)?
5 Pat isn't at school today. She's

Example
Amanda has never had good marks . ...f._
on a
school trip.
6 You're half an hour late. Where have you
1 All her teachers are unhappy about her. _
2 She forgets what the class lea rned in
~~M;J:J
the lessons. _
/6
3 Amanda cannot do homework because she
Writing
has to go to acting lessons . _
4 Amanda's parents think her marks from school
are awful._
5 Amanda's parents want the teachers to make
Write an e-mail to a friend telling him I her

what you've done in the last six months. Write
at least four sentences.
Amanda work harder. _
6 The school doesn't think Amanda can

do better. _
7 Amanda's parents think her career is more

important than her exam results . _
~~M;Jii
/7
/8
/50 )
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 3 Test
1
Match the phrases in A to the ones in B using

who or which.
A
1 Sally is my friend.
2 Last week, I met
an old man ...
3 My sister saw
the film .. .
4 This is the watch ...
5 Do you know the
girl ...
6 I can't use the
finger ...
7 I don't like the
doctor ...
B
a won an award as the
best new singer.
b gave me horrible
medicine for my cold.
c knew my grandfather's
father.
d lives in the centre of
towft.
e I broke it playing
f
tennis.
my uncle gave to me
Mike just loves rugby!
for my birthday.
g you talked about.
iMJdM
Example
1
/6
/6
3 Respond to the statements. Use So ... or
'Zla\\'j if> m'i frie-nd who \ive-5 in the. c.e.ntre. of town.
Neither ... and I or we.
I hate Maths. 'Zlo do I.
1 Robyn can speak German.
4
5
2 I haven't revised for the Physics test.
6
7
if1;131
2
3 Joel might go on the school trip.
I6
Look at the picture and complete the sentences

with the correct part of the body.
)
4 Carmen hasn't seen Gill for a month.
5 We'll be on holiday next week .
Example
r\e-'5 got a f>c.r.atc.h on hif> f>hin.

1 He's got a bandage on his _ _ _ __
6 They can't play the guitar.
2 He's got a plaster on his _ __ __

3 He's got a swollen _ _ _ __
4 His
is bleeding.
l~f~iiM
5 He's broken h i s - - - - -
6 The doctor is giving him an injection in his
1361
4 Read the text. Are the sentences true (T), false

(F) or doesn't it say (DS)?
7 Nuts are used a lot in Africa . _

8 The French eat their food very quickly. _
IMJ;Hi
Eating healthily around the world

Most Americans and Northern Europeans believe that
the typical diet in their country is unhealthy. They
point to the fact that there are so many people in their
countries who are fat and, sometimes, very fat, or
obese. People are not usually fat because they eat the
wrong foods, but because they simply eat too much.
Americans, for example, typically eat 1,500 calories
more than the 2,200 they really need every day. But do
people from other countries eat better?
People across the world make their meals from basically
the same ingredients. So we all eat meat, poultry, fish,
grains (such as rice) fruit and vegetables, but they
don't make the same type of meals. People in different
countries use the ingredients in different ways. We can
learn from the areas of the world where they have a good
diet and as a result live longer and are healthier.
Take meat, for example. Scientists know it is not good
to eat a lot of meat. They found this studying people in
Asia, where people use meat to add flavour to vegetable
dishes and not as the main ingredient. That way they
get the taste of meat without eating too much. Unlike
the Asians, Argentineans are famous for eating meat,
but they always choose the leanest cuts and in this way
they avoid eating as much fat as the North Americans.
Other countries such as some African countries replace
meat with nuts. The result is they don't have some of
the health problems Northern Europeans and North
Americans have.
/16 )
Writing
5 Look at the pictures and write eight rules for
the Sports Centre.
Use these words at least once -should,
shouldn't, have to, mustn't.
@D
But maybe the best advice comes from those French

people who can eat a lot and stay slim. Their secret
-take your time and put your knife and fork down
between each bite. People who eat slowly enjoy the
taste more. They also know when they have eaten too
much!
Example
Americans think that people in their country eat

unhealthily. _l_
1 Many Americans are fat because they eat the

wrong foods . _
2 People are fat because they don't eat enough

vegetables. _
3 The average American eats 3,700 calories per

day. _
4 People all over the world eat bananas. _

5 Asian people don't like the taste of meat. _
IM;i;Hj
/16 )
6 They eat a lot of meat in Argentina._
@(ei@l
/SO )
PHOTOCOPIABLE
3 Read the text and answer the questions.
Unit 4 Test
1 Circle the correct form of the verb.
Example
I finished to make /~the cake an hour ago.
1 The boy refused to do I doing his homework.
2 Colin offered to do I doing the shopping.
3 I can't imagine to live I living at the North Pole!
The city has got a castle, a cathedral, and lots of

restaurants and tourist shops selling souvenirs for
adults and toy helmets, swords, and shields for
children. There is an open-air theatre in the garden
of the cathedral, where the annual festival of plays
and concerts of classical and popular music takes
place.
4 The pupil promised to come I coming to school

on time in future.
5 Most boys enjoy to play I playing football.

6 At the last minute, Sam remembered to phone I
phoning his mother.
7 I stopped to play I playing tennis when I broke

my arm.
8 Julia forgot to do I doing her Maths homework

last week .
iMij;jij
2
/8
Co~plete the sentences with the correct

adjective in the box.
amazing
annoyed
befecl relaxing
tiring excited
tired
Part of the city is a modern 21st century city, but

part of it looks almost as it did in the 12th century.
And especially so in July and August when tourists
can enjoy the Medieval Tournament. Knights on
horseback with their shields and lances ride towards
each other to fight. And once they have been
knocked off their horses, the fighting continues with
swords, until there is one last knight left standing.
He wins the contest.
The fighting and riding skills of the knights might
remind you of some action films you have seen. This
is not surprising. When these knights are not fighting
in Carcassonne, they work as stunt actors in French
cinema and TV.
frightened
Example
They were in the art gallery and Bob was
bored
. He wasn't interested in art.
1 Tom was very
When you travel on the motorway to Toulouse in the

south of France, you pass by a large medieval city
sitting among the vineyards and the sunflower fields.
It is the old walled city ofCarcassonne. It is one of
the top tourist attractions in France. You might know
it from films . It was Nottingham, the home of the
Sheriff in the film. But it has another connection
with the film industry.
1 Where is Carcassonne?
after working so
2 Which town was it in Robin Hood, Prince of

Thieves?
hard.
2 Lying in the sun doing nothing is very
3 What can children buy in the shops?
3 I've just seen the most
magic trick.
I don't know how the magician did it.
4 Where can you go to see a pop concert?

4 Cycling up a steep hill is very-----
5 The teacher was
because the whole
5 When is the Medieval Tournament?

class was late for the lesson .
6 We are going to see our favourite singer
6 Who wins the tournament?
tomorrow, so we are very-----
7 Mary is afraid of snakes. When she saw them at

7 What do the knights do when they are not in
the zoo she was so _ _ _ __
IMJMJ
Carcassonne?
17
?~ t.i;J:j
1381
/14)
Writing
4 Write one sentence for each picture to make a
story.
THE STORY OF KING ALFRED AND THE CAKES
Example
One- c\a'l the- king wa'i> walking through the- fore-'i>t.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PHOTOCOPIABLE
IM;);j:i
I 21 )
iieUJI
/SO)
Revision Test 2
1 ~A group of teenagers are visiting an art
gallery in London. Listen to them talking about
the pictures and write the names under the
picture they talk about.
Example
Complete the sentences. Use the phrases in the

box and a relative pronoun.
won the tennis tournament
I bought last week
have a healthy diet
you need
train hard
I train in
Example
Tom
People
who have a hea\th'j diet
normally live
longer.
1 Graham is the boy
2 People
need to eat carbohydrates.
3 The sports centre
is closed for two
weeks.
4 The trainers
are great for running.
5 Vitamin D helps you absorb the calcium

_ _ _ _ _ for healthy bones.
1
~'~n,;~1 ~~~:1.---~,;-;5;-~)
3 Circle the correct word to complete the text.
Have you ever wanted ~I become a

medieval knight in armour? You have? Then you
should 1 to join I join a history club 2 who I which
puts on shows of famous old battles. Just imagine
3 fight I fighting every weekend in summer with
your sword and shield. The members of the Historical
Battle Club do just that. They think there is nothing
more 4 excited I exciting.
Bob Smith, 5 which I who is an actor in one of these
clubs, explained that they try to make their battles
ve ry close to the real battle, so it is important not 6 to
make I making a mistake. He remembers 7 to win
I winning one fight he needed 8 to lose I losing
because he forgot which battle they were acting out.
The other actors were very surprised.
-~~!llldlllljll!l;j"ij.--,:::8;:;--~)
4 List five parts of the body.
iMJ;Hi
1401
/8
IMJ;Hi
15
Match the words to the pictures.
Luckg United Win League

Malcaster United fans everywhere were tired but
happy last night. They were happy because their team
won a third Premier League title after their game
against Borneford. The match was exhausting for most
fans and most of them were too tired to celebrate.
It was the last game of the season and, with a three
point lead over Shellsea, they only needed one point to
win the league. So they didn't have to win the match.
They only needed to score the same as Borneford.
For Shellsea to take the title, they had to win their
match and hope Malcaster lost theirs. The Malcaster
fans in the stadium spent half their time watching the
game and the other half looking at the Internet on
their mobile phones. They were trying to find out the
score in the Shellsea match. Shellsea were playing
Donchester. They scored a goal very early on and were
three goals in front at half time. At the same time at
Malcaster, everything was going wrong.
Their star player Silvero was playing badly. As usual, his
acting was better than his football. He fell down a lot,
holding his shins. Then the Malcaster goalkeeper broke
his thumb and had to leave the field. A few minutes later,
two Malcaster players were sent off for arguing with the
referee. There were now only nine players on the pitch,
so it wasn't going to be easy for Malcaster to win.
Example
_G_crying
_ _ laughing
1 _ _ singing
_ _ coughing
2 _ _ barking
_ _ blowing
3 _ _ knocking
_ _ ringing
Then the new Malcaster goalkeeper hurt his shoulder.

He didn't go off, but everyone could see it was painful
and he couldn't move very quickly. Then, just one
minute from the end of the match, A Borneford player
just missed the goal by inches. So the game-ended
with no goals being scored. Malcaster were the
champions- thanks to good luck.
4 _ _ screaming
~~j~,d:l
/8
Writing
7 You're going camping for a weekend with
friends. Write five sentences about what you

should and shouldn't do to be safe.
Think about:
food I cooking
camp site
insects I animals
water
1 Why are Malcaster United fans happy?
2 Why will most of them not celebrate their team's

win?
3 Why did the Malcaster fans use the Internet on

their mobile phones?
4 Why did the first Malcaster goalkeeper have to

leave the field?
5 Why were the Malcaster players sent off?

6 Why were Malcaster lucky in the last minute of
the game?
11'1;13
/6
lflJ;HI ' 10 )
iiifJI 1so )
PHOTOCOPIABLE
3 Complete the sentences with the words in the
Unit 5 Test
box.
1 Complete the sentences using the correct form
orphan
extinct
cub
nature reserve
hibernate
of the verb in brackets.
Example
The Nobel Prizes
are- awarde-d (award) every year
for science, literature and politics.
1 The bear
2 In winter a lot of animals
1 The first Nobel Prizes

1901.
(award) in
2 Every year, the prizes
(give) by the
to save
energy.
3 There is a large
near here. It
contains many lakes and forests.
King of Sweden.
4 This horse has lost its mother. It's now an
(receive) Nobel
3 Over 750 people
was only ten days old.
Prizes.
5 There aren't many tigers left. They may become
(offer) to
4 Sometimes, a Nobel Prize

more than one person.
114M:I
(not accept)
5 The prize for literature

by Jean Paul Sartre .
(make)
often
to celebrate the prizes.
6 Stamps
ibfsi;Hi
2
15
/6
Match the words in A to those in 8 to make

compound nouns.
A
1 tropical
cap
2 global /
dioxide
3 ice
gases
4 carbon
weather
5 sea
tanker
6 greenhouse
reserve
7 extreme
rainforests
8 nature
warming
9 oil
level
Example
c.arbon
dio~ide-
~~~~M:I
1421
/8
4 Read the text and complete the chart.

RSPCA
WWT
When started
Number of
centres and
hospitals
What they do
Writing
5
Look at this poster about the environment.

Write a sentence about each picture saying
what danger or help it is to the environment.
and
4
6
'
10
and
8
How people
can help
14
11
'
12
and
and
15
13
/15 )
Helping animals in Britain

British people are animal lovers. As a result, there are
many famous animal charities which help animals in
trouble.
The biggest and best known of these is the RSPCA
(Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals). It started in the 1820s and now has 33
hospitals and 33 centres in the UK. Its job is to protect
animals. It not only helps animals that have been hurt,
but it also teaches people how to look after animals
and asks the government to make laws to protect
animals. The RSPCA needs money and people to help
it with its work. Volunteers can help with fund raising,
work with animals in animal centres, or they can visit
people's homes to check they know how to look after
animals.
The RSPCA looks after all animals. The Wildfowl and
Wetlands Trust (WWT) looks after birds and other
animals which live in or near the water. This charity
was started in the 1940s. It has got nine centres and it
gives protection to a lot of birds. Changes in the way
we live, the way we farm and pollution (for example
from oil tankers) can cause problems for all birds.
The charity teaches people about birds and studies
the way birds live so people can understand how to
protect them. It also needs people to give it money
and to volunteer at its centres. People can work in the
shops or help teach people about the birds.
PHOTOCOPIABLE
C.arf> re-le-af>e- c.arbon dio'f.ide- into the- atmof>phe-re-.
iMJMi
/16)
/SO )
7 Don't
Unit 6 Test
away old batteries! It is bad
for the environment.
1 Complete these sentences with your own ideas.

Example
If I play we ll,
8 I was off school for a month and it took me the

whole year to
I'll gtt into tht ttam
up with the rest of
the class.
1 I'll phone you w hen _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
iMfJ;i3
3
2 We'll go to the cinema tomorrow if _ _ _ __
/8
Rewrite these sentences using the noun form of

the verb in bold. Change prepositions if necessary.
Example
I argued with my mother last night.
3 My brother can't go out until _ _ _ _ _ __
I had an argumtnt with m1 mothtr laf>t night.
4 After school finishes today, we _ _ _ _ _ __

1 I've decided to get fit.
5 If I get a good mark in tomorrow's test, _ _ __
2 Jerry solved his problem.
6 I'll do my homework as soon as _ _ _ _ __

3
Kerry disagreed with her father about staying

out late .
7 We'll win the match if _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

4 The class discussed the problems of global
warmi ng.
8 When lunch is ready, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
i$(;i;J3
2
I8
Complete the sentences with the correct form of

the verbs in the box.
look 5taftcl find
bend sit pick
eat
catch
throw
110 )
1 Which group of people are most interested in

making friendships?
down at a big table for lunch.
2 You can
iMJ;Jii
Example
When the head teacher came in, everyone
f>tood
up.
1 We
5 Paddy and Frank finally agreed about which film

to watch.
2 Give two reasons why this isn't surprising.
out a lot of interesting
things on the Internet.
3 What are the three advantages of having friends?
3 If that bear catches you he will

you up.
4 Tom is so tall he has to
4 How do friends help when yo u have problems?

down to
talk to you.
5 You can start writing now.
5 What often happens to adults who didn't have

up your
friends when they we re teenagers?
pens!
6 When I was a baby, my gran
after
6 How can friends be dangerous for teenagers?
me.
iMJ;Jii
vq,
112 )
Who needs friends? Of course, everybody needs friends,

but research shows that teenagers need friends more
than older people. And friends are more important to
girls than boys.
This is not surprising. Girls and women are generally
more interested in social relationships than boys and
men. The ages from 12 to 18 are the years when we are
trying to find out what kind of person we are . We do this
through our friends.
Perhaps we think the most important thing about our
friends is that we have fun with them, but there is a
more serious side to friendship. Teenagers learn most of
their social skills from friends. Through friends you learn
how to agree and disagree, and how to work together
to organize and do things. Even more important,
Writing
5 Your brother has borrowed your MP3 player
and broken it. Write an e-mail to your friend
telling him I her about your problem and ask
for advice.
ifi;J3
/10 )
/50 )
PHOTOCOPIABLE
perhaps, is the role friends have when problems arise.

A real friend will help you solve your problems and will
advise you when you feel sad or upset. This experience
is essential to the development of personality. Young
people who don't have friends not only have less happy
teenage years, but are very likely to have emotional and
psychological problems in later life.
While friendship is important, it can also be dangerous.
In general, young people do not like to be different.
Young people often start doing things they shouldn't do
because their friends have put pressure on them. For
example, they may start drinking alcohol, smoking or
taking drugs. Parents always worry about their children
'getting in with the wrong crowd'. Teenagers need
friends, but they also need to be careful in choosing
them.
6 I used to
Revision Test 3
hard but now I
1 ~ Listen to Julie, Tom and Meg planning how
English grammar was very

it is not so bad.
(believe, think)
to make their school more environmentally

friendly and answer the questions. Are the
sentences true (T) or false (F) or doesn't it say
(DS)?
7 The concert
as soon as the band
_____ ready. (start, be)
8 This player
1 Tom suggests putting posters round the school.
two championship
medals since he started playing for United. He

_____ the last one two years ago. (win,
2 Meg thinks it's a good idea._
win)
3 Meg wants to send money to Greenpeace. _
-~i;J:J
4 Tom thinks a competition wou ld be interesting.
/16 )
3 Complete the chart.

5 Julie thinks people will want to clean the school.
Verb
Noun
argument
6 Most people do sport on Saturday morning. _
discuss
7 Meg is interested in trees. _
adjust
8 Meg left the meeting to meet her cousin, Jane.
decision
solution
ifd!M:J
/8
choose
agree
::Z Complete each pair of sentences using the

correct form of the verbs in brackets.
Example
I usually
p\ai
football on Saturdays but
today 1 am studiing for a test. (play, study)
1 In the English class we
disagree
~4;13
18
often
_____ to do projects. Right now we

_____ a poster about Australia. (tell, make)
2 If Mandy
come this evening she
_____ to let you know. (can, phone)
3 When my father finished

forgot
his car, he
the door and a thief stole it.
(wash, lock)
4 Yesterday, w hen our teacher

school, she saw two pupils
to
on a bus
for the beach. (wa lk, get)
5 If my Dad
a new job in London, we
_____ move house . (get, have to)
146]
Read the story. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F) or
doesn't it say (DS)?
1 There were five children in Bill's family. _

2 Bill started his company after leaving university._
3 It took Bill 40 years to earn a million pounds. _
4 Bill told his family about his friend Mary._

5 Annie got some money from Bill to study in Australia . _
6 Mary got married after she moved to Australia._
7 Bill knew Mary was living in Australia. _
8 Bill and Mary met when they were ten._

/8
Lost childhood sweell-tucrt fou~ ~t l~st!

Bill is 75 years old and he 's never been married.
Both his brothers and his two sisters married and
had children, so Bill had lots of nieces and nephews .
He likes them very much and has always been very
generous to them. He can be . When he left school at
the age of 15, he started a small business which soon
grew into a large company. By the time he was 40, Bill
was a millionaire. His family all wanted him to find
a wife, but he used to smile and say he was too busy
with work.
When his nieces and nephews had their own families ,
Bill decided to pay for their children's university
education. He didn't imagine that it would lead to
romance, but it did.
His eldest great-niece, Annie, was the first to go
to university. She had always wanted to study in
Australia and because of her great-uncle's money, she
could go there .
When she was in Australia, Annie often wrote to

Bill. In one letter, she told him about the lady she
was staying with. She was a widow, exactly the same
age as Bill. She was an English woman who went to
Australia with her husband in the 1950s. Although
she was born in London, she was sent to the country
during the Second World War and lived in Bill's
village . Her name was Mary Williams. Annie was
surprised when she got an e-mail from her great-uncle
telling her to meet him at Sydney airport the next day,
and to bring Mary Williams with her.
When Bill and Mary met, they both started talking at
once. Of course they remembered each other. They
remembered playing together as children . They both
remembered crying when Mary was sent back to
London .
And what happened? Well, Bill and Mary are getting
married next month , just 65 years after they first met.
Writing
5
Imagine that one day last week

you were very frightened. Why?
What happened to you? When?
Where? Write a story of at least
five sentences about it.
/10 )
/50 )
PHOTOCOPIABLE
Unit 1 Test
Unit 2 Test
1 1 checked
2 baggy
3 high-heeled
4 long-sleeved
5 striped
6 straight
1 Possible answers
1 The girl has fallen through the ice.
2 The car has driven into the garage.
3 They have driven out of the town.
4 The fireman has fallen off the ladder.
5 The thief has fallen out of the window.
6 The man and woman have walked through the
river.
7 The girls have come out of the cinema.
8 They have driven down the mountain.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
happened
was telling
fought
heard
turned
was sitting
said
am
are, doing
heard
3 Possible answers
1 She used to collect badges. Now she listens to
music.
2 She used to eat chicken and chips. Now she eats
spaghetti Bolognese.
3 She didn't use to drink coffee. Now she does.
4 She used to get up at 7 a.m. Now she gets up at
8.15.
4
1 didn't have to
2 couldn't
3 could
4 didn't have to
5 couldn't
6 had to
5 1 Woodbridge.
2 It was a burial site.
3 1939.
4 It gives archaeologists a lot of information about
a period they didn't know much about.
5 Because there were mounds and they knew the
Anglo-Saxons used to bury their dead in mounds.
6 a buried ship.
7 There was no dead body in the ship.
8 The British Museum.
6 Marking scheme
1 mark for each sentence completed with correct
grammar (total 4 marks).
1 mark for each sentence with the correct vocabulary
and punctuation (total 4 marks).
4 since
5 since
6 for
1 since
2 for
3 for
1
2
3
4
5
You know Brian, don't you?

Simon can read Chinese, can't he?
Carla has been to New York, hasn't she?
The weather's great today, isn't it?
You'd like a coffee, wouldn't you?
1
2
3
4
brigade
contestant
host
celebrity
5 1
2
T
F
3 F
4 DS
5 recognized
6 autograph
7 arrested
5 T
6
7 T
8 F
6 Marking scheme
1 mark for each correct sentence. 3 marks for using
linking words correctly.
Revision Test 1
1 1 T
2 F
3 T
4 T
5
6
7
8
F
F
T
F
3.32
Now listen carefully, and make sure you all know

what you have to do at tomorrow's fundraising day!
Bill and Anna, you will be at the gate to take the
entrance money when people come in. Each adult
has to pay SOp, but children get in free. Simon, you
1481
can go there too, to sell the tickets for the raffle, one
pound for five. Now, the car washing! Jules, you are
in charge of this and Greg w ill help you. I know Greg
washes his Dad's car every week, so he's the best
choice.
Unit 3 Test
1 2 Last week I met an old man w ho knew my
grandfather's father.
3 My sister saw the film wh ich you talked about.
4 This is the watch wh ich my uncle gave me for my
birthday.
5 Do yo u know the girl who won an award as the
best new singer?
6 I can't use the finger which I broke playing tennis.
7 I don't like the doctor who gave me horrible
medicine for my cold.
I think the photography stand wi ll be a lot of fun,

because people will enjoy having their picture taken
with the headmaster in his clown costume. Alec is in
charge of this stall and he is going to bring his own
camera because he knows exactly how to use it. And
Alec, don't forget it- like you usually do with your
homework!
Like last year, snacks wi ll be on sale but only soft
drinks and crisps, nothing hot. I wi ll bring these in
my car and Flora and Sandy will sell them.
One last thing! We still don't have enough secondhand books for the bookstall. So, tomorrow
morning, I want all of you to bring me an old book
that you don't want to read again .
1 knee
2 face
3 thumb
1 So can I I we.
2 Neither have I I we.
3 So might I I we.
4 Neither have I I we.
5 So wi ll I I we.
6 Neither can I I we.
1 F
2 DS
I'd like to thank you all for your hard work so far. We
are hoping to buy three computers for the school
in Africa, and we need one thousand two hundred
pounds to do this. So let's hope that when Mr
Matthews counts the money we will have enough.
Now, does anyone have any questions?
4 down
5 out of
2 1 off
2 into
3 through
3 2 g
3 e
4 d
5
2 gets
6 met
7 works
3 started
4 imagine
9 has, played
1 work
1 been
2 gone
3 gone
1 to do
2 to do
3 living
4 to come
5 was visiting I visited
7 T
8 F
5 F
6 T
Unit 4 Test
5 1 F
2 T
3 T
4 DS
5 Marking scheme
2 marks for each correct sentence.
6 b
7 f
4
4 nose
5 arm
6 thigh (or leg)
3
4
F
F
has been
10 had to
F
6 F
1 tired
2 relaxing
3 amazing
4 tiring
5
6
7
8
playing
to phone
playing
to do
5 annoyed
6 excited
7 frightened
1 in the south of France
2 Nottingham
3 toy helmets, swords and shields
4 been
5 gone
6 been
7 Marking scheme
1 mark for each sentence completed with correct
grammar (total 4 marks).
and punctuation (total 4 marks).
PHOTOCOPIABLE Oxford University Press
4 at the open air-theatre in the garden of the

cathedral
5 in July and August
6 the last knight standing
7 They are stunt actors.
4 Marking scheme
3 marks for each sentence.
Revision Test 2
1 1 James
2 Karen
3 Jill
4 Paul
5 Karl
6 Sue
7 Dan
5 1 i
2 a
6
3 g
4 h
7 e
8 d
5 f
6 b
1 Their team won the Premier League.
2 They are too tired after such an exciting game.

3 They wanted to find out what was happening in
8 Anne
the Shellsea game.
4 He broke his thumb.

5 They argued with the referee.
6 The other team missed a goal by inches.
3.33
TOM
I'm looking at a picture of two ships;
one big sailing ship and one small one, a
tugboat, which is pulling it.
SUE
This is a picture of an old city. There is a big

square in the middle. The buildings round
the side are falling down. It might be in Italy.
There are some people in the picture but
7 Marking scheme
1 mark for each sentence completed with the correct
grammar and spelling. (total 5 marks)
and punctuation. (total 5 marks)
not very many and there are a few trees on

the right side.
KARL
I've found a picture of old steam trains in

a station . You can see a lot of smoke and
JILL
Unit 5 Test
1
1 were awarded
steam. The trains are very old.
2 are given
I'm looking at vase full of flowers and fruit.
3 have received
4 is offered
5 wasn't accepted
6 are, made
There are many different kinds of flowers; so

many that you can't see much of the vase.
DAN
This is a picture of the countryside. It looks

like it is going to rain. I can see some cows
and sheep. The sheep are lying down.
ANNE
This is a funny picture. There are two ladies

at the beach but they're wearing really oldfashioned clothes and sitting under umbrellas.
2 1
2
3
5
tropical rainforests
global warming
ice cap
sea level
3 1 cub
2 hibernate
6
7
8
9
greenhouse gases
extreme weather
nature reserve
oil tanker
4 orphan
5 extinct
3 nature reserve
I don't think they are going to swim.

PAUL
I'm looking at picture of a city with lots of

buildings. In the front I can see the sea and
there are a lot of boats in the water.
KAREN
It shows somewhere in the country. There's

a horse standing beside a tree and there's a
JAMES
4 1 1820s
2 1940s
3 33
4 33
5 9
6 help animals
man and his dog sleeping beside them.
7 teach people about animals
It's a picture of a vase of flowers. It looks
8 ask the government to make laws

9 protect birds
like they are all the same kind, but some of

them seem to be dead. Oh, look! The artist
has written his name on the vase.
2 1
2
3
4
5
who won the tennis tournament

who train hard
that I which I train in
that I which I bought last week
that I which you need
3 1
2
3
4
join
which
fighting
exciting
5
6
7
8
who
to make
winning
to lose
10
11
12
13
teach people about birds

help collect money I fundraise
work with animals
visit people's homes to check they know how
to look after animals
14 work in shops
15 teach people about birds
5 Possible answers
1 Using a bike instead of a car helps the
en vi ron ment.
2 Deforestation produces a lot of carbon dioxide.
3 Planes produce greenhouse gases.
4 Planting trees helps the planet!
5 You can switch off computers to save energy.
4 Possible answers
arm, hand, thigh, elbow, shoulder
150
Marking scheme
1 mark for each sentence completed with the correct
grammar and spelling. (total 6 marks)
and punctuation. (total 6 marks)
4 marks for level of vocabulary and use of linking
words. (total 4 marks)
Revision Test 3
1 1 T
2 F
TOM
5
6
7
8
Kerry had a disagreement with her father about

staying out late.
4 The class had a discussion about the problems of
global warming.
5 Paddy and Frank finally reached an agreement
about which film to watch.
3
1 teenage girls
2 Girls are more interested in social relationships;
4
5
6
JULIE
TOM
MEG
TOM
JULIE
TOM
Pick
looked
throw
catch
3 1 I've made a decision to get fit.

2 Jerry found a solution to his problem .
teenage years are when people are trying to find

out about themselves.
You can learn to agree and disagree; you can
learn how to work together; and friends can help
you with problems.
They advise you.
They have emotional and psychological problems.
They can put pressure on them to drink alcohol
and smoke.
5 Marking scheme
5 marks for grammar.
4 marks for vocabulary and punctuation.
1 mark for linking words.
I've got a great idea, Julie.

Let's hear it then, Tom!
Why don't we make some posters and put
them up all over the school?
That's boring. Who's going to want to look
at the stupid posters we make?
You're right, Meg. It's true that posters on
their own aren't very interesting. But what if
we organized a competition with them?
That's a possibility. What sort of
competition?
I'm not sure, exactly. It could be a quiz. Each
pupil has a list of questions, and they read
all the posters to get the answers. The first
person to finish with all the answers correct
gets a prize . That way, everyone will read
the posters and get our message.
MEG
JULIE
TOM
JULIE
Still boring! Don't you agree, Julie?

Actually, no. I think it's not a bad idea, Tom.
Thanks, Julie!
I was thinking of something a bit more
practical. Like organizing a morning to clean
up the beach, for example. We could all go
out one Saturday morning with bags and
collect all the rubbish and take it to the
MEG
JULIE
recycling centre.
You want to do this on a Saturday morning?
No one will come!
I think they will. Most people don't do
anything on Saturday morning. They don't
usually do sport or go to the cinema until
MEG
the afternoon.
Well. I'm certainly too busy to waste my
Saturday morning gathering junk on a
TOM
beach.
Well, if you don't like our ideas, Meg, what
MEG
do you want to do?

Well, I think the school is environmentally
friendly. But if we have to do something, we
can ask every pupil for some money to send
TOM
PHOTOCOPIABLE
7 OS
OS
more environmentally friendly. Does anyone

have any ideas?
1 Possible answers
1 I'll phone you when I get home.
2 We'll go to the cinema tomorrow if there's a
good film on.
3 My brother can't go out until my mum comes
home.
4 After school finishes today, w e'll play football.
5 If I get a good mark in tomorrow's test, I'll be
happy.
6 I'll do my homework as soon as I can.
7 We'll win the match if we play well.
8 When lunch is ready, we'll set the table.
sat
find
eat
bend
5 F
6 F
" ' 3.34

JULIE
Ok, then. Our job is to make our school
Unit 6 Test
2 1
2
3
4
3 T
4 T
to Greenpeace or someone like that.

Now that is boring.
JULIE
I think we need to get people to do
MEG
something.
Look, I've got to go. I'm going shopping
with my cousin.
JULIE
I don't think she 's going to be much help,

do you?
TOM
No, not much!
1 are, told , are making
2 can, w ill phone

washing, to lock
was walking, saw, getting
gets, will have to
believe, think
will start, is I are
has won, won
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 argue
argument
discussion
adiustment
decision
solution
choice
agreement
disagreement
discuss
adjust
decide
solve
choose
agree
disagree
4 1 T
2 F
3 F
4 F
5 T
6 F
7 DS
8 T
5 Marking scheme
Up to 9 marks for correct grammar and vocabulary.
1 mark for making a story which makes sense.
150
1521

.#

Project 4 Third Edition Teacher's Book PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Project 4 Third Edition Teacher's Book PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Project 4 Third Edition Teacher's Book PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Unit overview

Grammar focus Present simple; present

Fundraising; work experience

Phonetic alphabet: revision;

Skills Talking about current activities; talking

Context Pupils talk about their habits and what

b Students read the text to answer questions. Invite

Holly usually has a piano lesson.

To revise the use of present

Grammar Present simple, present continuous;

Fundraising activities. See WB

Skills Talking about current activities.

A fundraising day at school.

Ask students to look at the pictures before reading

a Students read the text again and identify what

a Students refer back to the written text to

b Ask students to identify the tenses and write

c Direct students to the story on p.4. Ask them

- osent simple: What do you usually do on Saturday

b Play audio recording 1.3 for students to listen and

::students may suggest 'I love it' as an example of

a Students fill in the gaps on their own.

Listening and speaking ~ 1.4

This is Naomi. What do you usually do on

Hello. My name's Jake . Well, on Saturday

Hello. My name's Laura, I'm doing face

This is David and he's selling things. Well,

pairs to write two words.

Demonstrate the dialogue with one student. Tell

a Write the symbols on the board. You will use

b Read the words out loud for students to listen

d You can ask students to work individually or in

b Play the recording again for students to answer

to the sounds. Point to each symbol on the board

1 The show has dancing, singing and some

c Play audio recording 1.5 for students to listen

Students work with a partner to choose any

Aims of the section To introduce the characters

Work experience . See WB

Skills Talking about plans/intentions.

look at the pictures without reading

he recording again for students to listen and

::3d an d answer the questions. Check their answers.

::=g is going to work for a newspaper.

Ask for ideas about what might happen next in

--e story and write them on the board.

a Write plans and intentions, a definite future ,

So, what are you going to do for your

b Write the two examples It's going to rain.

c Play the recording again for the students to listen

centre. I think it will be really interesting an d

their own to complete the gaps

b Play audio recording 1.8 for students to listen and

c Students work in pairs to practise the dialogues.

CATHY I'm going to do my work experience in a

hospital. I think it will be cool- like a hospital

b Play the recording again for students to listen ar

Give them two minutes to write sentences for each

a Ask students for ideas of where they would like